5t8 
 

 
 ' 
 
 
 
 THE UNIVERSITY 
 OF ILLINOIS 
 LIBRARY 
 
 From the library of 
 James Wellen Hays 
 Presented by 
 Sophia Leal Hays *96 
 1929 
 
 StSZc 
 
 
 at this Booh is 
 id -properly re- 
 
 =L S T* 
 
 ABBATH SCHOOL, 
 
 it 
 
 Superintendent. 
 
 f 
 
 
 
 '1 
 
 
Meetings of Praise, Prayer and Conference* 
 
 ALSO, 
 
 A Besponsiye Service for Each Month in the Year. 
 
 BY 
 
 S, W. STRAUB, 
 
 A-iitHor of ‘<OOOI> CHJHlESIi,” JEiVJlL.3S,” ]EJto. 
 
 CHICAGO: 
 
 PUBLISHED BY JANSEN, McCLURG & CO. 
 
Entered, according to Act of Congress, in the year 1876, by S. W. Straub, in the Office of the Librarian of Congress, at Washington. 
 
 IP IE ^ <D c 
 
 Crown of Glory is the result of an earnest endeavor on the part of the 
 author to supply the great demand for good, fresh and effective songs for the 
 Sunday School. 
 
 Attention is respectfully called to the following important characteristics 
 of the “ Crown of Glory 
 
 1st. The words, which for the most part were written expressly for this 
 work, are earnest and spiritual, and have more than ordinary poetic merit. 
 
 2d. The melodies are easy, flowing and “taking/’ but not trashy, and are 
 within the compass of children’s voices. 
 
 3d. A CHOICE VARIETY of pieces for special occasions are inserted. 
 
 4th. A Responsive Service for each ihonth in the year. This will doubt- 
 less prove very acceptable to all schools. 
 
 Thanks are hereby tendered to the many excellent writers, who have 
 kindly contributed their best efforts to this work. 
 
 For those who have not time to examine all the pieces in “ Crown of 
 Glory,” the following pages will be found to be fair specimens: 40, 134, 13, 
 37, 92, 24, 59, 43, 9, 64, 8, 34, 63, 120, 46, 74,^86, 29, 54, 100, 48, 83. 
 
 Copyright Notice. — Nearly all the words and music in this book belong- to S. W. Straub, he having 
 secured the copyright. No person will be x>ermitted to print said songs without first obtaining permission 
 of the owner. . 
 
 Electrotyped by R. R. MEREDITH & SONS, 187 Clark Street. 
 
 
18 3 .,1 
 
 S t'‘2:Lo 
 
 CROWN OF GLORY. 
 
 Crown of Glory. 
 
 Mafia Straub. 
 With energy. 
 
 S. W. Straub. 
 
 
 
 ~ ~ ~ ^ ^ i/ l/ i/ ____ 
 
 1. La-bor faith-ful in the vineyard,Labor for your Lord; By and by he’ll crown your labor, With a bright reward. 
 
 2. Love to doyour Savior’s bidding, Know helovethyou; Follow intheway of goodness,Keeptheendin view. 
 
 3. Soon,oh,soon your Lord will come to Set his servant free, Take you where a crown of glory Shall be given thee. 
 
 
 ^ V ^ 
 
 ^ ^ ^ 
 
 Chorus. 
 
 IK- 
 
 ✓ ✓ 
 
 
 ✓ ^ 
 
 
 A -^^■ 
 ZZlAz-2- 
 
 /Ov 
 
 -Trf-— 
 
 -f- V ^ 
 
 By and by a Crown OF Glory shall be given thee; Crown of Glory, fadeless glory, shall descend on thee. 
 
 
 ^ ^ 
 
 TrrrTr r 
 
 wo 
 
 To 
 
 OOOf 
 
4 
 
 Holy Sabbath. 
 
 Not too fast. 
 
 S. W. Straub. 
 
 I 
 
 — • — t 
 
 f 
 
 
 
 
 -oth-er six days’ work is done; An-oth - er Sab -bath is be -gun; Re -turn, my soul un- 
 
 2. Oh, that our tho’ts and thanks may rise. As grate-ful in-cense to the skies ! And draw from heav’n that 
 
 3. In ho - ly du - ties let the day. In ho - iy pleas-ures pass a - way. How sweet a Sab - bath 
 
 
 |-» m ! 1 
 
 rp » » m — 
 
 -p 1 1 9 — 
 
 -0- ^ -5T- 
 
 — ra-fL-- 
 
 If — r , 
 
 
 -# • # 0 
 
 4 ^ — r — T — n 
 
 
 f # — ^ 
 
 f f — r — r — 
 
 
 Lj UJ M H-J 
 
 
 
 tU N 
 
 L-j_j L| U 1 j — » 
 
 m- 
 
 thy rest: En - joy the day 
 
 re - pose,. Which none but he 
 to spend. In hope of one 
 
 -0 0 f *— # 
 
 
 5 ♦ 
 
 thy God hath blest, 
 who feels it knows, 
 that ne’er shall end! 
 
 ^ N ^ 
 
 Ho - ly Sab-bath, ho - ly Sab«batb, 
 Ho - ly Sab-bath, etc. 
 
 Ho - ly Sab-bath, etc. 
 
 
 
 U il 
 
 U i? 1/ 
 
 -5^-y- 
 
 i 
 
 
 
 V V 
 
 Day of all the best; Re - turn, my soul, un - to thy rest, En-joy the day thy God hath blest. 
 
 
 
 
 
 ■y — y— y — y 
 
Words arr. by Maria Straub. 
 
 Happy Day. 
 
 -0 
 
 I. O hap - py 
 
 f=^ 
 
 when we shall meet On Canaan’s hap - py 
 
 2. There we shall meet our Sav - ior dear No more from Him to 
 
 3. O hap - py day w’hen we shall wear The crown of glo - ry 
 
 4. For-ev - er with thebless-ed Lord With friends and kindred 
 
 g_g_. 
 
 JoKN McPherson. 
 
 
 
 shore, .Shall join the 
 stray; And see the 
 bright; And join the 
 dear; O hap-py 
 
 Ff= 
 
 r~ ^ ^ m ^ ^ 
 
 h^* 'r f . ^ 
 
 
 \ \ 
 
 S-g~ 
 
 
 O hap-py day. 
 
 / P 1? P V 
 
 when we shall meet 
 
 
 
 song th’e-ter - nal song With lov’d ones gone be - fore. 
 
 home for us pre-pared O bless - ed hap - py day. 
 
 glad im-mor - tal throng In robes of fade -less white. 
 
 theme that glo-rious time Bright day of end - less cheer. 
 
 Hap-py day, 
 Hap-py day, etc. 
 Hap-py day, etc. 
 Hap-py day, etc. 
 
 hap - py 
 
 
 
 
 Shiljoin the song. 
 
 th’eternal song, 
 
 ^ ^ ' r 
 
 day, When we meet on that bright shore, Happy day, happy day, 
 
 K 
 
 -# 
 
 1 -1 i 
 
 1 ^ 
 
 
 — 
 
 
 
 
 -® — «-v - 
 
 • w 
 
 
 \ « M 
 
 
 JJ 
 
 
 tf.T. ' 
 
 
 When we meet to part no more. 
 
 hap-py day. 
 
 Happy day. 
 
 
 happy day. 
 
 i 
 
6 
 
 The Great Commandment. 
 
 Duet. Maria Straub. 
 
 S. W. Straub. 
 
 
 9 — I — g {-^ — #— -g— 
 
 1. Love the Lord with ali thy heart, In His friend-ship share a part; Love Him, ’tis His own de-mand, 
 
 2. Love thy God with all thy soul, Thou may’st feel His sweet con-trol ; Love can tru - ly make Him thine, 
 
 3. Ev - er love the Lord your God, Tho’ should fall af-flic-tion’s rod ; Know, it is His lov-inghand, 
 
 
 
 
 - (5>- 
 
 Chorus 
 
 -a — s — ^ ^ 2 — i — ^ » — 
 
 
 0 — 0 — #— s t - ^- 
 
 Hear, O hear the great command, Thou shalt love theLord thyGod with all thy heart, and with all thy soul, and with 
 Hear the pre - cept all di-vine, Thou shall love, etc. 
 
 Heed, O heed the great command, Thou shalt love, etc. 
 
 
 
 
 
 -0—0 — 0 
 
 
 0 - -0- -i*- -0- ^ 
 
 -p— ^ 
 
 ^ 0 
 • • 
 
 
 ■> y I 
 
 1 — ^ i/r 
 
 1 ✓ P 
 
 n ‘ 
 
 
 
 
 /TN 
 
 J — 0, j 
 
 
 5 ,^1^. ^ 0 p 0—0- 
 
 _p 1 ^ 
 
 _J — j — , — 1- 
 
 J=3--4-S- 
 
 -0 
 
 P P P P — P hi ■ h -i "i 
 
 ' P 0- P P « rP « P P — P 
 
 -P — i — P — 
 
 
 all thy mind. Thou shalt love the Lord thy God with all thy heart, and with all thy soul, and with all thy mind. 
 
 iii: 
 
 p» — 0 — j 
 :pg_g_j 
 
 y— y- 
 
 
 0 0 IT * — »- pP • • P — P- -P P ' — J 
 
 
Join Our Happy Song. 7 
 
 Words by S. W. S. Arr. from the German by S. W. S, 
 
 ±?r^-=^ 
 
 -J b — 6», -4 — , 
 
 H — 
 
 d— 
 — ^ — 
 
 
 l-s - ^ 
 
 -© — 
 
 ■ 
 
 
 
 
 — 
 
 J 
 
 
 4 - 
 
 
 -# «- 
 
 —tl— 
 
 4A 
 
 
 
 
 
 J 1 ! 
 
 4 
 
 I. Come 
 
 and 
 
 join 
 
 US to - day. Don’t lin-ger 
 
 by 
 
 the 
 
 way ; Come 
 
 and 
 
 join us to-day. And 
 
 2. Here 
 
 we 
 
 sing 
 
 of the Sav - ior, 1 
 
 Sav - ior 
 
 kind 
 
 and 
 
 true, Here 
 
 we 
 
 sing of His love; He 
 
 3. Here 
 
 we 
 
 sing 
 
 of the Fa - ther, 
 
 He who rules 
 
 a - 
 
 bove. 
 
 Of 
 
 His 
 
 mer - cy and goodness, 
 
 4. Here 
 
 we 
 
 sing 
 
 of our home. Our bright e 
 
 - ter - 
 
 nal home. Where 
 
 we’ll 
 
 join with the an - gels, 
 
 1 
 
 
 
 
 1 
 
 ^ ^ 1 1 
 
 —d — — It. — 4'-] 
 
 • 
 
 — 0 — 
 
 -0 — 
 
 1 
 
 1 
 
 cf — 
 
 
 
 1 h h 1 
 
 F 
 
 ! 
 
 3:?t- 
 
 1 
 
 
 1?=f= 
 
 — 0 — 
 
 
 
 — 1 © 
 
 
 
 ^ L— J— J— — 
 
 0 — 0 — 0 0 
 
 
 
 I 
 
 -o- 
 
 Chorus. 
 
 N — 
 
 sing our ho - ly lay. 
 died for me and you. 
 And e - ter - nal love. 
 In a grand -er song. 
 
 I 
 
 .. N ' : i S I ' 1 S N 
 
 T — S-\-0 — # — # — ^ ^ ^ — -0- 
 
 Come and join our throng, As we march a-long, Come and join us in our 
 Come and join, etc. 
 
 Come and join, etc. 
 
 Come and join, etc. 
 
 
 =s=r=* 
 
 A A 
 
 fzzzfz=i?=fz:f:qr^zz:^=pzi:^=q 
 
 g==?z=f=:rzz^b— 
 
 — - p— ^-c ZZZ2 
 
 1 1 
 
 1 1 ' \ 
 
 
 
 1 .J ^ M m 
 
 □ - 
 
 
 /L ^ 1 _1 J 1 
 
 1 1 ! 
 
 
 i 
 
 m % r f 
 
 0 « J -J -4 — 
 
 
 M m m 1 
 
 ^ ^ 
 
 4 
 
 
 j • 1 1 p 0 
 
 ■0 Z-0 0 J 
 
 
 wH ^3 ^ 0 
 
 ■ . 1 
 
 
 
 
 LL ? a 
 
 
 hap - py song. Come join us in 
 
 je. ^ 
 
 m 0 • 0 0 k/i/' -^77 
 
 our hap - py song, Come and join our hap - py song. 
 
 ! . . J ^ 0 M 
 
 , 1 - 
 
 
 * 0 0 0 \ 
 
 ; # r.. .. . . 
 
 -(2 1 
 
 ^ ^ f 
 
 i I 5 S 
 
 
 _j i 1 r 1 
 
 Li! 1 — p 
 
 I 
 
 ^ ^ • 'm 
 
 
 
 
 rd '9 0 ^ r 
 
 4 
 
 1 i 1 — 
 
 W ' w 
 
 p f J 1- 
 
 
 -•-> * r b E ' 
 
 La_ .. '4 1 L 
 
 L® U 
 
8 
 
 Let Your Light Shine! 
 
 Maria Straub. 
 
 fete 
 
 
 With vigor. 
 — ^ — h- 
 
 
 S. W. Straub. 
 
 =±z-Jizzz 
 
 
 rise, and la - bor for 
 trim your lamp and let 
 rise, and la - bor for 
 rise, and la - bor for 
 
 
 rr- 
 
 t: 
 
 1 / I 
 
 0 — # 
 
 J 1 1_ 
 
 the good, O do not hide your light; Your heav’n-ly Fa - ther 
 
 it burn, Be-hold the night of sin Your light will help to 
 
 the good, Your tal - ents all em - ploy. And lay uptreas-ures 
 
 the good. From du - ty nev - er hide. Thus shall the world be 
 
 ^ ^ ^ 0--T-0 0 0 0- 
 
 
 
 U I I 
 
 
 glo ' ri - fy, In work-ing for the right. Nev 
 
 lift the gloom. Then may it ne’er grow dim. Nev 
 
 fair and bright Be-yond this world’s al - loy. Nev 
 
 bless’d by thee. Your Fa-ther glo - ri - fied. Nev 
 
 er hide your light, 
 er hide your, etc. 
 er hide your, etc. 
 
 your, etc. 
 
 shine. 
 
 er hide 
 
 f; 
 
 
 Let it 
 
Let Youv Llffht Shine! — Concluded. 
 
 
 Chorus. 
 
 
 
 
 1. We are sail - inj> on' the o - cean, To a home beyond the tide, \jjark! wehear 
 Sing - ing songs of glad ho - san - nas, As thro’ calm and storm we ride. / 
 
 2. When the waves are rushing mad.-ly, On the storm -y an-grydeep 
 Fear we not, for Christ our cap-tain Ev - er calms the storm to sleep 
 
 3. Guide our bark, our Savior guide it, O - ver to the oth - er shore; 
 
 When we all are safe-ly o - ver. We will praise Thee ev - er- more 
 
 the voi-ces 
 
 I Hark ! we hear, etc. 
 ’ V Hark ! we hear, etc. 
 
 • J 
 
 M 
 
 
 1 #— #■ 
 calling. Calling from 
 
 ✓ ✓ 
 
 the other shore; 
 
 m 
 
 isE' 
 
 Hark ! we hear the voices 
 
 
 -# — 0 - 
 
 We are com - ing, we are coming. Soon our voy 
 
 age will be o’er. 
 
 
 calling. 
 
 Calling from the other shore, 
 
 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ 
 
 We are coming, we are coming, 
 
 Soon OUT voyage will be o'er. 
 
/ 
 
 / 10 The (Joldeii Day! 
 
 M. S. S. W. S. 
 
 -G-iJ± 
 
 
 Nr— 1 
 
 p-> 
 
 -fe -N . - 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 -J'- 
 
 
 — ^ « ^ — 
 
 =15= 
 
 zip — — :: 
 
 
 — ^ 5 — 
 
 "4 ■■ j ■ 
 
 
 
 i ^ 1 « H-r— 
 
 —0 #- . 0 0 0 
 
 
 i Pi 1 
 
 1-^ 
 
 
 1 . I am 
 
 2. I am 
 
 3. I am 
 
 U If P * it 
 
 go - ing where the shad - ows, The deep shad - ows nev - er fall, Where a 
 
 go - ing where the love-beams Shine a • way the night of sin, Where af- 
 
 go - ing where the Sav - ior Has pre - par’d a place for me; He will 
 
 - 0 0*0 0 » 0 • .m 0 ^ 
 
 
 s :■ — £ £ : & £ h 
 
 
 _j ^ p jC 
 
 
 
 r~ s ^ 'j " r ' r 1 
 
 
 
 tf b 
 
 _b Yj Aj Yj V lU L_» 
 
 
 !? 3" ^ is L b 
 
 . — ~ p 1 
 
 
 r m- 
 
 i 
 
 — 5 ^ 
 
 bright and fade - less glo - ry, Beams a - round and o - ver all; 
 
 fee - tion’s con - slant breath - ing, Fans the life that is with - in; 
 guide me, sure - ly guide me, Where His glo - ry I may see; 
 
 
 Oft I 
 
 0 blest 
 
 1 am 
 
 
 

 The Golden Day ! — Concluded. 
 
 Chorus. 
 
 11 
 
 -N fc— jr IS— ST n tH 1 ^ ^ — 
 
 j - ■ 
 
 0 0 — 0—-—0 — 0 0 0—i 0 — g— ? 1 0 1 # 
 
 light is grow-ing bright-er, As 
 from that world ce-les - tial, Soft 
 hear ray guardian whis per, O 
 
 I near the gold - en day. 
 ly o’er my sen - ses steal, 
 be - hold the shin-ing dav ! 
 
 
 ■ v — v - 
 
 
 The light shines bright-er, The 
 The li<^ht shines, etc. 
 
 The light shines, etc. 
 
 #— T— 
 
 X— f=:q 
 
 aJ— J 
 
 f — e 
 
 
 
 light shines bright-er, The light shines bright - er, As 
 
 ^ ± t. 
 
 ✓ U' 
 
 I near the gold - en day; The 
 
 
 
 s-f- 
 
 ! I 
 
 fa 
 
 
 
 ^=?±f=: 
 
 
 
 I ^ ^ ^ \ ^ y 
 
 light shines brighter, The light shines brighter, The light shines brighter. As I near the Gold-en Day ! 
 
 it . -a ^ tLt. tL ^ t. t-t. 
 
 gr . -|- -T 
 
12 
 
 Pass Not By. 
 
 [Especially m,pprtpriate after a consideration ef the passage," of Nazareth passeth by/’ hut well suited to express at^ 
 
 itrong desire for the Savior's coming. The author of the poem calls it the “ Cry of the Church."] 
 
 K Words by Mrs. E. C. Kinney, / May he sung as a Solo.) Music by Geo. F. Root. 
 
 
 -1 — 
 
 
 
 1 i 
 
 1 P n 
 
 1 - 
 
 
 ljr- 04 - 
 
 
 
 
 M r~l 
 
 _J L P 
 
 « S . 
 
 
 
 s • s • 
 
 
 p J 1 
 
 
 
 ^ • 
 
 W 
 
 
 s 
 
 
 1 r 
 
 
 
 
 
 E" ^ 
 
 
 1. J. 
 
 2. Pi 
 2. L( 
 
 4 
 
 2 - SUS, ? 
 
 OS - ti'ate i 
 ?rd, we c 
 
 >av - ior! ] 
 in Thy p 
 an - not 
 
 • • r III 
 
 pass not by. Pass not by, pass not by! 
 
 lath we lie. Pass not by, pass not by! ] 
 
 let Thee go. Pass not b^\ pass not by ! 
 
 -0- . .fi. ^ ^ ^ 
 
 Lo! we join, t 
 Lest our ver - j 
 In our midst T 
 
 IS 
 
 
 k— 
 
 
 
 ^ f2 
 
 
 
 
 jp je p? 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 e 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 — 
 
 
 
 
 Jm E LI 
 
 ^ 1 
 
 
 
 
 
 I 
 
 1 
 
 1 1 
 
 j i ' ! p ' 
 
 1 i 
 
 f r j 
 
 
 one, to cry, 
 faith should die, 
 pres-ence show, 
 
 ^ 
 
 Pass not, pass not by! 
 Pass not, pass not by! 
 Pass not, pnss not by! 
 
 Lord ful-fill Thy prom-ise now, Pour Thy Spir - it 
 To Thy gar-ments we will cling. All our needs be- 
 Breathe, O breathe on us, we pray ! Tar - ry not, Lord, 
 PL ^ p p ^ p . . p — 
 
 
Cast thy Bread Upon the Waters. 
 
 13 
 
 M A. S. 
 
 S. W. Straus. 
 
 
 
 1"^ 
 
 ' ^ ^ ^ 
 
 I Cast thy bread up - on the waters, 'Twill return some bth - er day, Thus the heart that nev - er fal-ters, 
 
 2. In the vale or on the mountain, Where-so-e’er thy lot may be. Smite the rock where sleeps the fountain, 
 
 3. Cast thy bread up - on the waters. Unseen hands will bear it on. For the bless - ed life that hun-gers, 
 
 
 
 m 
 
 
 
 > I I 
 
 Chorus. 
 
 Feeds the hun - gry by the way. 
 That the pil - grim fain would see. 
 Oft is fed by hands un-known. 
 
 ^ 0 
 
 
 fei 
 
 Cast thy bread up - on 
 Cast thy bread, etc. 
 Cast thy bread, etc. 
 
 wa-ters. And it shall be gath-ered 
 
 
 — y — U- 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 X the \ 
 
 
 ma-ny days hence. Cast thy bread up - oh the wa-ters, And it shall be gath-ered ma - ny days hence. 
 ^11 
 
 4 4 ? 
 
 
 
 
 I 
 
 
14 Come to Me.' 
 
 Mary A. Straub. S. W. S. 
 
 
 
 1 h ' 
 
 ! 
 
 ' Ik _j V 
 
 
 
 
 ! T 1 hu 
 
 
 1 I ’ .i ^ 
 
 
 
 
 Zd ZfZ 
 
 1 j 
 
 
 1 iL L <1 J 
 
 
 
 
 
 \ ^ W\ 1 
 
 
 1 d 
 
 9 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 "m 
 
 
 ■] 
 
 L J ? 
 
 
 
 
 5±Z J 
 
 ^ ^ 
 
 
 9 9, 9 ■■■ 
 
 
 J ^ 9 
 
 -XI 
 
 1-*— ^ 
 
 'oi 
 
 A 
 
 
 M 2 2 
 
 
 ^ ir w ^ 
 
 1. 0 come to 
 
 2 . 0 come to 
 
 9 9 9 
 
 > me, the Fa - ther says. Walk ii 
 me, the Fa - ther says. Come, 1 
 
 m . m m m . m o m 
 
 0 
 
 1 the heav’n-ly way ; C 
 lere is room for thee. 
 
 ne, leave the road of 
 nd ma - ny man-sions 
 
 _ _ . _ .0 0 
 
 U n # 
 
 
 
 
 
 -f-0 
 
 
 0 
 
 T P r 
 
 ' "J 
 
 
 
 « o 
 
 ' 1 i i 
 
 
 0 
 
 • 0 
 
 
 0 
 
 p p f 
 
 9 m 
 
 
 tf u ft r 
 
 
 
 
 1 ' 
 
 
 
 
 1 £lg.Q— ^ — 
 
 L-^ ^ 
 
 ^ V ■ 
 
 L? ? — !? ? — 
 
 H r r — r 
 
 1 -^i 
 
 
 
 
 
 s— hn 
 
 
 
 - 
 
 
 fs- 
 
 1 
 
 ’ 1 
 
 " 1 
 
 1 — M 
 
 lAr-b U 0 J 
 
 1 J J 
 
 
 
 
 1 0 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 . " cm. ■ ^ ^ 
 
 
 
 
 1 1 n 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 1^ - -fr p 
 
 ^ 9 -W P 
 
 
 
 --• 9 9 
 
 1-0— — 0 — 0 
 
 0 — 
 
 ^9 
 
 9 9 9 
 
 er - ror dark, Walk in the per - feet day; I’ll give you rest from all your toil, Your 
 
 wait - ing stand, With joys for - ev - er free ; O come. I’ll hold thy spir - it up, And 
 
 soul shall feast on love. Come, drink where liv-ing wa - ters flow, From deep-est founts a - hove, 
 guide thy wea - ry feet. Come, lay your load of er - ror down And walk the gold - en street. 
 
Come to Me — Concluded. 
 
 16 
 
 
 
 1 
 
 -5 f— 5 — *- 
 
 
 ^ • 0 ^ 
 
 
 
 1 — 1 — 
 
 
 S * S 2 
 
 
 
 
 ! ! ! r 1 
 
 
 
 t ^ 
 
 5 • 
 
 
 i 0 0 . J 
 
 O 
 
 '</ i .1 1 ^ 
 
 come to me, O come to me. My mes - sage is di- 
 
 .. m m. 0 0 0 -0 0 0 00^0 0 km ^ 
 
 r\- U ^ — r 
 
 
 
 
 
 0 
 
 » m km 5 n 
 
 
 J- H ' n 
 
 '0 0 0 0 
 
 J « L •* 
 
 p .p. p 
 
 i 
 
 t 
 
 ' r 1 1 
 
 Uri. r 
 
 L ' 0 ' 
 
 
 a ' r ' 
 
 
 
 . 1 
 
 V ^ — b— 1 
 
 IS L 
 
 1 \j i \j 
 
 ^ 
 
 ' L 
 
 [ 
 
 y — r y—i 
 
 
 ri 
 
 come, come to me, come, come to me. 
 
 — P -|? — • — t! 
 
 A- 
 
 I’ll give thee robes of right - eous-ness, That will 
 
 P ^ f t — ^ ^ r-«- 
 
 — ^ i — 
 
 0 — 
 
 the sun 
 
 & 
 
 out - shine. 
 
 
 Mcartyn. 
 
 Fine. 
 
 S. B. Marsh. 
 
 ». C. 
 
 F5F=i= 
 
 
 
 
 
 istii^inkH 
 
 B J5i # 
 
 25>- 
 
 _ 
 
 -isb.- 
 
 -si-v 
 
 
 my soul, 
 
 thy bo - som 
 
 fly, ( Hide me, O, my Sav - ior 
 
 \ V/hile the waters near me roll, While the tempest still is nigh; / ITill the storm of life is 
 D. c. Safe in - ro the ha-ven guide, O, re-ceive my soul at last. . 
 
 2 . f Oth - er ref-uge have I none. Hangs my helpless soul on thee ; / All my trust on thee is 
 .eave, O leave me not alone. Still support and com-fort me; j \ All my help from thee I 
 D. c. Cov-er my de-fence-less head With the shad-ow of thy wing. 
 
 / Otl 
 t Lea 
 c. Cov 
 
 hide, \ 
 past; / 
 
 stay’d ; \ 
 bring ; j 
 
 e=f=£ 
 
 I 1 I 
 
 
 
 
 1 
 
16 
 
 Rob’t Morris, LL. D. 
 
 Singing from the Heart. 
 
 H. R. Palmer. By per. 
 
 1. If you have a pleasant tho’t, Sing it, sing it; Like the bird-ies in their sport, Sing it from the heart: 
 
 2. Ev-’ry gracious deed of his. Sing it, sing it; Nothing sounds so well as this. Sing it from the heart : 
 
 3. Are you weary, are you sad ? Sing it, sing it; Make yourselves and others glad, Sing it from the heart; 
 
 ^ ^ ^ y ^ 
 
 Does the ho - ly spir-it move. For the lambkins of his love. Sing and point the fold above. Sing it from the heart. 
 
 How he walk’d upon the wave, Rescu’d Laz’rus from the grave, Died our guilty souls to save. Sing it from the heart. 
 An-gels no be-fore his face Sing of his redeeming grace ; Give the Savior endless praise. Sing it from the heart. 
 
 m rw ^ -a- -0- • •• 
 
 
 -n 
 
 -u 
 
 
 
 d 
 
 ^=-7 
 
 i^__l 
 
 # • / 
 
 ^ L 
 
 L.^ — J 
 
 -4. . -J- 
 
 L-j . -1 ■ 
 
 
 
 
 
 » — 
 
 1 
 
 
 
 tl-p= 
 
 :teL_4r- 
 
 
 
 
 ^ ^ 
 
 
Closer to Thee. 
 
 17 
 
 Andante. 
 
 J. H. Leshk. 
 
 m- 
 
 
 s— «r 
 
 # 3 : 
 
 
 1. Clos - er, still clos - er, my Sav - ior, to Thee, Clos - er, to Je - sus, fain, fain would I be; 
 
 2. Clos - er, by day, tho’ my sky be all bright, Clos - er, still clos - er when fall - eth the night ; 
 
 3. When to the Jor - dan of death I de-scend, Dan-ger I’ll fear not, if Christ be my friend- 
 
 ^ ti \ L J 
 
 
 £ 
 
 
 
 
 
 J 3= 
 
 IJ ulllL 
 
 -1 r 
 
 
 nl~.— 
 
 
 1 
 
 ^ « J 
 
 
 
 ^ * 
 
 
 — ^ 
 
 J 
 
 '1 ~l 
 
 [7 2 « J 
 
 
 
 L 
 
 
 
 ^ 1 -r 
 
 — r 1 
 
 \m7 # 2 
 
 M M i 
 
 L^f ^ jm 1 
 
 - ^ 1— 
 
 m M ^ 
 
 :2__ 
 
 0 , — 1 
 
 1 
 
 •/ - ^ -0^ -g- 
 
 Round me His arm, on His bo - som my head. Near the dear side which on Cal - va - ry bled. 
 Earth has no spot where with-out Him I’m safe. Time has no mo - m.ent I need not His grace. 
 Breast-ing the bil - lows, my death-song shall be, Clos - er, still clos - er, my Sav - ior, to Thee. 
 
 # J m - # « J « 
 
 
 ir ^ 0 
 
 U_j_ ' _ 
 
 
 r 1 
 
 tt 0 
 
 -V- P m 
 
 a • 
 
 ? 0 0 0 1 
 
 -L. j 1 1 
 
 -0^ ^ T 
 
 4- A 
 
 L__L 
 
 P - 1 ■ P - 
 
 1 r 
 
 i 1 
 
 ^ h 1, 1 r ■ 1 
 
 r 
 
 
 • 
 
 f 1 
 
 
 
 r — ~l 
 
 
 ' L 1 
 
 L L 
 
 
 
 
 -i^ P ^ — 
 
 1 
 
 ' i i 
 
 1 ^ r 
 
18 
 
 Shelter Near the Cross. 
 
 Ina M. Schaeffer. J. H. Leslie. 
 
 — i — — 
 
 1 
 
 J ^ N 
 
 -1 ^ ^ 
 
 _| _i i 
 
 0 ' 0 0 H 
 
 
 
 
 9 • *1 ^ 9, 
 
 
 \ \ 0 
 
 
 
 
 1 1 1 
 ■rrJ • jJ jJ • _J 
 
 0 9 
 
 -M 0 0 0 
 
 
 
 W • 0 0 0 
 
 0 0 CM 
 
 J? r ^ f 
 
 ^ • 9 ^ • ! i/ 1 
 
 1. When the tem-pest gath-ers round me, And the sea is dash’d to foam; When the light’nings 
 
 2. When the waves are mad- ly dash-ing. And the dark - ness veils the skies; When in wild de- 
 
 3. As the morn-ing light approaches, Slow - ly dis - ap - pears the night, Bright a - cross the 
 
 ^ ^ ^ 
 
 fj m • w W A 
 
 f 
 
 '« jc 'ft • 
 
 r" ^ r" 
 
 U J jS 
 
 'f • 'P f i* ~| 
 
 
 
 
 .A ^ lA .A 
 
 
 
 ZiT n jr _ K h 
 
 
 1 1 ' 
 
 
 ? f 
 
 -1 h ' 'i 
 
 Tj r- 
 
 
 L| — 1 1 
 
 -j ^ ^ 
 
 
 
 
 
 i 1 
 
 1 
 
 f— 2— 
 
 
 __! \— 1 « 
 
 ^ 0 -^— 0 —-j^ 0 
 
 
 =S=: t ' ^ 
 
 1 
 
 
 flash a - hove me, And the thun - der shakes the dome, ’ 
 
 Mid the fierce and wild com - mo-tion. 
 
 spair and an-guish Burn-ing tear-drops blind my eyes; From a - far, be - yond the 0 - cean. 
 
 foam - ing bil-lows, Gleams the stead - fast bea - con light ; 1 
 
 Soon I’ll reach the crys - tal har - bor. 
 
 Ji “ 
 
 J ^ 
 
 ^ 0 f2 
 
 
 
 
 
 hf— f— ^ 0 
 
 + 0 1 
 
 H 1 1 1 
 
 
 
 -1 0 ^ * 
 
 
 > E U 
 
 W W",' W ' w 
 
 
 t=t — r— f-=j 
 
 ■“!' r 
 
 r — '■ 
 
 1 ' P 
 
 ^ i - 4 _ 
 
 -* 
 
 - 5 -i — 
 
 0 
 
 0 * 0 
 
 
 1 
 
 ' V I 
 
 
 T 
 
 /T\ /7\ 
 
 ~l 'll 
 
 fe" j— ~4-j— i 
 
 r ^ ® 
 
 ^ — z3< — 
 
 w w 
 
 - 0 — — 0 - 
 
 f- 
 
 — 0 — 
 
 -t 
 
 =« ■■■ '-i i' 
 
 ^ • -j 
 
 
 
 
 up 0 — ^ 
 
 
 -t 
 
 
 
 , 0 
 
 ^ 0 - 
 
 —5 — 
 
 While the rag-ing bil - lows toss. Comes to 
 
 me 
 
 a gen - tie whisper, “ 
 
 There is shel-ter near 
 
 the cross.” 
 
 Though the bil-lows wild - ly toss. Comes to 
 
 me 
 
 in sweet - est ac-cents, “ 
 
 There is shel-ter near the cross.” 
 
 Pu - ri-fied from sin and dross, Where my 
 
 soul shall rest for - ev - er. 
 
 In the shel-ter 
 
 of 
 
 tne cross. 
 
 1 u 0- i 0-^- 0— 
 
 2 J- 5?— 
 
 rS : 2- 
 
 0 
 
 f- 
 
 rS - - - . 
 
 rm-r-g—0 E— 
 
 -0- 
 
 0 f2 r. 
 
 - -) — 
 
 — h ■ 
 
 — ft- 
 
 — i«— 
 
 —E — 
 
 -i* 1* f - — 
 
 
 1 — — — i1 
 
 
 i 
 
 ■ \j \ i 
 
 ' 0 'f* F * 
 
 1* r 1 
 
 
 1 jj 1 
 
 i 
 
 I , 
 
 
 
 _r ^ 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 I ^ I 
 
 1 
 
 r 
 
 cr 
 
 ^ 1 
 
 'sV 
 
19 
 
 M. S. Cheerful. 
 
 S. W, S. 
 
 There’ll he Joy Beyond the River. 
 
 ■0 L.J- ^ y 1 4 1 ^ ; jd— — * 
 
 • ^ -i- 
 
 1. There’ll be joy 
 
 2. There’ll be joy 
 
 3. There’ll be joy 
 
 4. There’ll be joy 
 
 -A 
 
 
 5: 
 
 be - yond 
 be - yond 
 be -yond 
 be - yond 
 
 S \ 
 
 the riv - ei-j 
 the riv - er, 
 the riv - er, 
 the riv - er 
 
 On 
 
 On 
 
 When 
 
 When 
 
 that bright ce - les - tial shore, 
 that beau - teous shin - ing strand, 
 we hear the words a - new, ' 
 our trou - bles all are o’er. 
 
 
 ._:^p:?zzzq5zi}5izz::S=T 
 
 Chorus. 
 
 * 
 
 • - 0 - ^ / 
 
 meet with those long parted. Greet the loved ones gone be-fore. There’ll be joy, sweet - est joy. When we 
 
 wake to fade-less glo - ries. Re - u - ni - ted hand in hand. There’ll be joy, etc. 
 
 bless - ed of my Fa - ther. To the home prepared for you.” There’ll be joy, etc. 
 
 meet to love for- ev - er. Meet to part no more, no more! There’ll be joy, etc. 
 
 N S ^ S N S 
 
 b U ti — / b 1 b b I Si 
 
 
 m 
 
 -0 — 0^ 
 
 r- 
 
 p-g:^zzgrr*-- -* — f- — *— «-•— gr.: 
 
 P 15 ✓ 15 b • 
 
 1/ i ]/ m m ” w -m - .||^ 
 
 meet each oth-er there. There’ll be joy be - yond the riv - er. When we meet each oth - er there. 
 
 0 -^— 0 — s — ^--—0 — —— 0 —^ 0 -±—^ — - 0 —.^ 
 
 
 #- 
 
 l=*=f=i=f. 
 b — iS b 
 
 
 
20 
 
 In the Shelter of the Rock! 
 
 Rev. Elisha Hoffman 
 
 1. In the shel - ter 
 
 2. ’Neath the shel-ter 
 
 3. Shel-ter’d in the 
 
 4. From the shel - ter 
 
 of the Rock, Je - sus, hide me, That no e - vil and no harm May be -tide me. 
 of the Rock, Lord, receive me; When the tempests gather round, Nev-er leave me. 
 o - pen Rock, Fa-ther, hear me; With the blessings of Thy love. Sweetly cheer me. 
 of the Rock, Fa-ther, take me. When the glo-ries of yon heav’n Shall a- wake me. 
 
Boldly. 
 
 Christian^ the Morn. 
 
 21 
 
 S. W. Straub. 
 
 
 #-! — #-- • 
 
 1. Christiaji, the morn breaks sweetly o’er thee, And all the midnight shad-ows flee, TingM aie'the dis - tant 
 
 2. Toss’d on time’s rude, re - lent-less sur-ges, Calm-ly composed, and dauntless stand. For lo! beyond those 
 
 3. Cheer up! cheer up! the daybreaks o'er the^*, Bright as the summer’s noontide ray, The star-gem’d crowns and 
 
 ' ^ 1 ^ I I 
 
 
 5=f: 
 
 E 
 
 £ 
 
 
 S 
 
 f— r+ — F— fF — F 
 
 
 
 
 skies with glo-ry, A bea - e^on light hung out for thee; A - rise! 
 scenes e-mer-ges The height that bounds the promis’d land ; Be-hold ! 
 realms of glo-ry, In-vite thy hap-py soul a -way; A- way! 
 
 hi I I I 
 
 r — I ! 1 r — I 1 N 1 I r; — T I 
 
 — I -■ ■ ■ ^ ^“1 ^ ^ ^ ^ — I — ' — l"'a/ — I — ^ ^ — -4 
 
 a-rise! the light breaks o’er thee. Thy 
 be-hold! the land is near-ing, Where 
 a way! leave all for glo-ry. Thy 
 
 
 
 ijszFZ^: 
 
 
 
 name is gra-ven on the throne; Thy home is in the world of glo-ry. Where thy Redeemer reigns a -lone, 
 the wild sea-storm’s rage is o’er; Hark ! how theheav’nly hosts are cheering, See in what throngs they range the shore, 
 name is gra-ven on tlie throne; Thy home is in the world of glo-ry. Where thy Redeemer reigns a - lone. 
 
 ^ ^ - M . m I -0- •-0- I h 
 
22 
 
 Let Every Heart Rejoice! 
 
 S, W. Straub. 
 
 Chorus. 
 
 
 ■% % — L.# 0 0 0 — • L y — p € □ 
 
 * * ~ 
 
 1. Let ev - ’ry heart re-joice and sing, Let cho - ral an - thems rise; ^ -p tt • . .. 
 
 Ye rev - ’rend men and child - ren bring To God, yo ir sac - ri - fice; / ^ ^ 
 
 2. He bids the sun to rise and set; In heav’n his povi^’r is Icnowm, \ 
 
 And earth sub-dued to Him shall yet. Bow low be -fore his throne;/ 
 
 # ft ft # ft ^—0 
 
 
 ^•=:fz:^==r:i: 
 -- — 1^— 
 
 
 1?-- 
 
 i — N~N- 
 
 
 -N- 
 
 I I 
 
 ^ V 
 
 , S S N 
 
 i — ^ — »!- 
 
 3^ 
 
 Lord Je-ho-vah praise. While the rocks and the rills, The vales and the hills, A glo - rious an -them 
 
 C| : -|7— zfcjIZZltL 
 
 2:i?zri=^zii=i^z 
 
 s s 
 
 ? — f — f=rf: 
 
 -V- 
 
 -F— P 1 — ^ 
 
 V p p I 
 
Let Every Heart Rejoice! — Concluded. 23 
 
 
 
 r- ->< • 
 
 -« J 9 
 
 -js 
 
 0 
 
 
 --N— N— f— I J- 
 
 
 #*PfF r 
 
 
 1 ^ < 
 
 
 
 i 1 
 
 ^ ^ ^ V 9 
 
 1 * i M 
 
 ^ P • 
 
 w 
 
 W i 
 
 1 S 9. t 
 
 i 9 — 
 
 
 
 raise. 
 
 ^ w ^ 0 ^9 9 9 w w w w ^ g » g, 
 
 Let each pro - long the grate - ful song. And the God of our fa - thers praise. 
 
 .. « m m m « # « 0 m ^ 0 '9~ -9- ♦ ^ . - 
 
 
 ! ‘ ‘ ' 
 
 • 1 1 1 1 
 
 
 I n 
 
 a*ijz y 
 
 m W 
 
 _L 1 L 
 
 1 L : . 
 
 '0 0 9 f f 
 
 1 b II 
 
 ^ h' r. 
 
 
 
 
 
 1 r 1 \ ) 
 
 • M II 
 
 1 F 1 [ y 
 
 
 
 
 
 \j L# Jv L_ _ y __ 
 
 w — 
 
 1 'y \ '<» 
 
 / i y y 
 
 i y ^ ^ r==T 
 
 Maria Straub. 
 Gentle. 
 
 God is Love. 
 
 Haydn, arr. by S. W. S. 
 
 S- 
 
 
 1. List to the song, beau-ti-ful song, God is love, God is love, Hear the voi-ces, for-ev - er they tell, 
 
 2. Hear in the breeze, whispering breeze, God is love, God is love, Hear the voi-ces, etc. 
 
 3. Hear in all things, heau-ti-ful things, God is love, God is love. Hear the voi-ces, etc. 
 
 'y ' y y y ^ " u ^ ^ y ^ ^ ' 
 
 
 ‘ I — K — : K — c r — 
 
 m 
 
 Soft-ly, soft - ly the glad echoes swell, God is love, God is love, Sweet-ly they whis-per his love. 
 
 \ S S S ,S 
 
 
 I ( u ' y ' ' 
 
 y y y 
 
24 
 
 Eben E. Rhxford. 
 
 Going Home, 
 
 S. W. Straub. 
 
 U . 1 o 
 
 
 
 
 I--N-1 
 
 
 
 
 ^ ^ 
 
 ML i ^ 
 
 
 
 _i 
 
 1 1 ^ . 
 
 
 J 
 
 
 
 
 J 
 
 1 
 
 fPtv ft — Tj 
 
 J 
 
 
 i -: — 
 
 1 J _ 
 
 rj s 
 
 
 J « 
 
 
 
 J. ^ 
 
 o 1 «r 
 
 
 c 
 
 J J 
 
 J # ** 
 
 ^ • 3 9 ^ m \ 
 
 
 <2 • d • 
 
 9 1 
 
 tr ^ 
 
 1. Go-i 
 
 2 . Go-i 
 
 :ng 
 
 ng 
 
 # r 
 
 — ^ r ^ : r 
 
 home, yes, go - ing home! Oh, the ■' 
 
 home, the heart re - peats, With ex - 
 
 ^ « N i: t 
 
 ivords 
 
 ult 
 
 y- • 1 
 
 r ' ■ " 4 
 
 are strangely sweet; N( 
 
 ant rapture fraught; Ai 
 
 f- f- . 
 
 2 v - er 
 nd a 
 
 r 3 - 
 
 • « o € 
 
 
 
 
 .* it * S M 
 
 [ 
 
 
 L L 
 
 
 — ■* 9 * i 
 
 
 1 ST f 
 
 
 
 III 1 
 
 1 111 
 
 L 
 
 
 L 1 
 
 
 
 
 G — \ 
 
 ! , 
 
 1 
 
 ij i 1 j 
 
 _L L 
 
 \ 
 
 2 • 
 
 ^ W k P 
 
 
 'L L [ 
 
 I , 
 
 o r 
 
 ■V 
 
 L 
 
 1 u* f 1> 
 
 JZ r 1 L^_ 
 
 
 
 1 y-H i; 
 
 
 t L- 1 
 
 
 rB-: s: 
 
 T 
 
 A 
 
 1 
 
 S 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 
 -25^ . li. , 9 • 3“ 
 
 
 
 J 
 
 ^ h 
 
 fm^ ^ A 3 J _i J 
 
 
 
 
 
 L _ _J 
 
 WT7 ® * 9 9 9 
 
 s' • d • 9 9 J 
 
 e> • 9 _ 9*9 
 
 c 
 
 5 • .S_! _ J • 
 
 ^ ^ ^ i 1 1,/ * f- 
 
 home at night, to rest, When the long day’s work is through,- In the 
 
 home, with God to be, Heir of all im - mor - tal things! Down the 
 
 9 9 ^ 1^- hs f!-* - # _ 
 
 ci* 0 9 
 
 c • St • 5 V 
 
 lii • 9 9 r ^1 
 
 [ 
 
 [— S |a 
 
 */ • 1 ' ' i ^ 
 
 
 ( r 1 » U 
 
 
 L_ u. - 
 
 ^ U « • 9 m I J 
 
 1 ! Pi' 
 
 r r J 1 1 
 
 
 2 • 1® • J 
 
 / [ ’ u ^ 
 
 r r r t? 
 
 S ^=t ^ 
 
 
 
25- 
 
 Going Home — Concluded. 
 
 ,fH 
 
 ?i=- 
 
 
 N 
 
 
 
 
 1 ^ p SSfc _ 
 
 -ri— S. J 
 
 
 - 
 
 
 
 i 
 
 
 
 
 
 1 1 
 
 
 A' \ j ^^~0T 
 
 
 ! ; 
 
 fi 2 jS ■ 
 
 1 
 
 ^\y cj • 
 
 ' "s « ” • i 
 
 J J ^ 
 
 
 .C* ^ 1 » M 2- 
 
 
 f - . wi 
 
 ♦ • tzr 
 
 ( 
 
 c 
 
 y 
 
 •-oun 
 
 :ount 
 
 9‘ • ■< 
 
 -0- -J- ^ ^ ~ ' ' 
 
 try of the blestTT!T,. With the stead - fast and the true Go-ing 
 
 less years, to me How the grand old prom-ise rings Go-ing 
 
 0^ ^ ^ 
 
 ► • ^ m N _ , ! - ^ - i J 0 __ ^ _ 
 
 C 
 
 \» L 
 
 ^ • L 
 
 r 0 ^ o 
 
 
 1 I i • 
 
 4 
 
 ^ • „ 
 
 ZIS U 3 
 
 
 ar 1 
 
 
 1 * 1 • I 
 
 I 1 
 
 
 
 
 1 r n 
 
 
 J. 
 
 y — 1 y 
 
 -f===l= f 
 
 y ^ 
 
 hP-- f M 
 
 14 
 
 
 1 y — 1 
 
 i- ^ 1 
 
 
 
 
 
 L|- y- 1 y--J 
 
 
 
 : 
 
 Go - ing 
 
 
 home. 
 
 
 • — y— ! ^ 1"^::: 
 
 oh, heart, be glad. 
 
 
 ✓ 
 
 Soon to 
 
 T=fe>:: 
 
 
 lay your burdens 
 
 m 
 
 
 
 
 t=t 
 
 -jft-f: — tl*. 
 
 home, go - ing home, oh, heart, be glad 1 heart, be glad ! Go - ing home. 
 
 I 
 
 soon 
 
 to lay 
 
 — y- 
 
 your bur - dens 
 
26 
 
 Watchman, Awake! 
 
 Rev. H. B. Hartzi-kr. 
 
 H. S. Pbrkins. 
 
 — - ^ -0 #- Z —^9 5 * i - 9 -^* 9~%-^9 
 
 f- 3 ^ 
 
 
 ■9 9-H-9 
 
 ;jE;g|Ep 
 
 1. O - ver a dis-mal waste of years, O-ver the waves of blood and tears, Over the graves of the martyr’d 
 
 2. O-ver the self - ish dreams of men, O - ver a world un-read -y then, Soon shall a deepening shad-ow 
 
 3. Soon shall the smiling valleys sing, Un - der the feet of Christ the King! Echo shall hurry the song a- 
 
 
 
 A 
 
 
 5-- 
 
 < ^ I 
 
 O - ver the fields of the con-flicts red 
 Ush - er 
 
 :S±S 
 
 I — ?— — ? — ?- •- 
 
 dead, 
 
 fall, ^ . 
 
 far, Roll-ing the pean from star to star. 
 
 _(2— 
 
 O - ver the tombs of the buried past, Ech - o.es the 
 mg in, to the trumpet’s call, Christ the Im-man - u • el, Christ the King. Roy-al - ly 
 from star to star. Till on the rich gold- en harps on high. An - gels will 
 
 ;L • ^ p— JpC— ■f'-LEflE?’ — ?__? 
 
 -W- R — ipziv=:E c= =[ :£ |r-g=R& 
 
 
 
 V 
 
 
 M: 
 
 Chorus, spirited. 
 
 ■4=s-t- 
 
 A=|: 
 
 :3fc;: 
 
 swell of the trumpet blast, 
 borne on the tempest wing, 
 car - ry the tid - ings liy. 
 
 
 
 t^=s~ 
 
 
 35 : 
 
 
 
 Watchman, awake ! for the ramparts are shaking! Rise from thy slumber, the 
 Watchman, awake ! etc. 
 
 Watchman, awake! etc. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Watchman, Awake ! — Concluded. 
 
 27 
 
 
 
 -a—0. 
 
 
 
 
 morning now is breaking! See the Mil-len-i-um red’ning the sky! Zi-on, a-rise! your redemption is nigh! 
 
 - titi'tit: . . fi' iiti „ , ! -0- J .. 
 
 I 1 — j i T-1 — * ~Tr'? rl i — ]* "> g— »-r^ ?--•- 
 
 fczl:iE3E.-r±:±;: 
 
 
 v-v- 
 
 
 m 
 
 's& 
 
 -# 0 -i- 0~0 0—^^0 JJ 
 
 f 
 
 I 
 
 n 
 
 Infantry. 
 
 ~N — N- 
 
 s. w. s. 
 
 
 
 1. We 
 
 2. We 
 
 3. We are 
 
 4. Je - sus 
 
 
 -5 — « — 1 - 
 
 
 ♦ * 5: 
 
 -0 S- 
 
 -C- 
 
 are lit - tie soldiers, Fighting ’gainst the w^rong; We can do but lit - tie, But may help the strong, 
 are weak and fee - ble. But will fol-low on; Friends will kindly help us. Striving ’gains the wrong. 
 
 lit - tie 
 is our 
 
 soldiers, 
 lead - er 
 
 _J « 
 
 Fight-ing for the right; Lit-tle deeds of goodness. Keep our banner bright. 
 We will fol-low him. Till with-in his man-sions, We are safe from sin. 
 
 f- ^ 
 
 :^zz^ 
 
 
 y— f- 
 
 5 ^: 
 
 v-v- 
 
 rg: 
 
 1 
 
 Chorus. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 lelo to fie^ht a^ainstn t 
 
 ( Come, and join our glorious ar - my. Help to fight against'’ 
 ( Come, our Leader loves the child-ren, 
 
 the wrong 
 
 He will save us from the wrong. 
 
28 
 
 Lore Your Enemies. 
 
 M. S. 
 
 
 
 Mrs. S. W. Straub. 
 
 /7\ 
 
 
 
 0^0 0—0 0 -^ 
 
 1. May love each bet-ler tho’t renew, And ev’-ry passion vile subdue; Be love enthron’d within the soul, Let 
 
 2. Love them that hate you,may they knowThe beauties that thy love can show ; O thou,the erring heart can win,Re- 
 
 3. Fa-ther, forgive them, Jesus said. Then meekly bow’d his dying head; O pray for them that injure you, And 
 
 
 
 anger ne’er the heart control. Let en 
 new the good, and crush the sin. Let en 
 be his own dis-ci-ples true. Let en 
 
 vy and ha 
 vy, etc. 
 vy, etc. 
 
 tred no rest 
 
 ing place find. 
 
 _ — , — ^ — p. — ft 0.-A0 — 0 — 0-^—0 -.p.—0 
 
 H- I U- 
 
 ^ ^ ^ 
 
 Let en-vy and hatred no resting place find, Let en-vy and hatred no resting place find ; Be 
 
 Egr;— 
 
 gen 
 
 tie and lov 
 
 intr, for - £jiv 
 
 0 - 0 — 0 — 0-0 0 
 
 
 Hg »-4jg— »-| 
 
 ^ — 0—{—M — S m '' * 
 
 SrJt:*:Es:332jCt 
 
 ✓ k' ^ 
 
 gen-tle and lov-ing, forgiving and kind ; Be gentle and lov-ing, for-giv-ing and kind. 
 
 ^ 
 
 gen-tle and loving, for-giv-ing and kind. 
 
Trust ill Ood, the Right will Triumph! 29 
 
 s. w. s. 
 
 ^ JViik vigor. 
 
 _i ^ 1 : I -j _i 1 ■ J ^_L V 
 
 0 Sll A J 
 
 
 J 1 u_ 
 
 
 1 1 r 
 
 ^ 1 i ; ' I 
 
 
 
 -J 1 j J 
 
 1 1' J 
 
 J 1 J 
 
 2 J i 1 
 
 
 i 'W. • 2 
 
 
 -« J « 
 
 ^ J J 2 
 
 J ^ 
 
 Ivy ‘4 #■ 
 
 r # • • 
 
 > s *1 • * 
 
 -0 — 
 
 It i 
 or tl 
 3f tl 
 
 ^ 
 
 w ' wl 9 
 
 
 •/ 
 
 1. Trust i 
 
 2. Trust ii 
 
 3. Trust ii 
 
 4 
 
 J± ^ L 
 
 n God, your great Cre - a - tor, 
 a God, and be a sol - dier F 
 
 1 God, and be not wea - ry ( 
 
 L ^ . A ^ ^ ^ 
 
 #- ~ • • — 
 
 s well, it is well; Right will 0 - ver- 
 
 le right, for the right ; Be a con-qu’ror 
 
 ly life, of thy life; By and by the 
 
 
 
 11,1 
 
 
 
 1 " — 1 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 1 
 
 
 
 f p ■ ■* 
 
 ^ ^ 
 
 
 
 w IP’ - ^ - 
 
 P 9 # — p 
 
 ff- 4— 1 \ 
 
 Ll 
 
 
 Jt 
 
 C Q 
 
 r 1 r 
 
 t _ t — t . , ■* 
 
 
 r— ^ . 
 
 1 
 
 \ ! ■ ■ ' 
 
 Chorus. 
 
 0 Six 
 
 
 
 
 ^ ^ ^ * p 
 
 “• # J ! ■"] 
 
 JL I 1 I I 
 
 
 J 1 • 1 J 
 
 
 Vt V V BF 
 
 \ \ m n 
 
 
 i 
 
 B _J g- - _ 
 
 -J ‘ 
 
 J J 1* * 
 
 p p p p 1 
 
 iLi J S 9 9 
 
 
 m M ^ M 
 
 S J - 
 
 F » r 
 
 
 -9- 
 
 come all er - ror, ’Twill be well, ’t 
 
 in the • war - fare For the right, f 
 
 right will tri-nmph — End the strife, e 
 
 ^ ^ -f- ^ ■ 
 
 ^ -9- i • >- 1 • 1 
 
 will be well. Trust in God, the right will triumph, 
 
 ar the right. Trust in God, etc. 
 
 nd the strife. Trust in God, etc. 
 
 ^ , m m m m 
 
 A ^ ..A jm ^ m P P P P 
 
 
 
 
 r 
 
 ^ cy - 
 
 1 1 • * S 
 
 F C 9 ZJ 
 
 ^•Six L L 
 
 
 ' 1 
 
 L 1 
 
 f-n 
 
 P P 1 
 
 r 1 1 1 1 
 
 ^ 1 1 * * 
 
 
 
 
 u 
 
 t ^ 
 
 r r ,yJ 
 
 UZ T nJ 
 
 . _ ' 1 _ _ t 1 
 
 
 • 
 
 
 « 9 L 
 
 L - 1 
 
 
 1 
 
 
 1 r 
 
 i i ' 
 
30 
 
 Beantifnl Home 
 
 Words and Music by H. R. Palmer, by per. 
 
 
 
 i=i~i 
 
 5 v-^- 
 
 1. There is a home e - ter - nal. Beau - ti - ful and bright, Where sweet joys su - per - nal Nev-er are dim’d by night; 
 2'. Flow-ers for ever are springing In that home so fair, Thousands of children are sing - ing Praises to Je - sus there; 
 3! Soon shall I join that an - them Far be-yond the sky, Je - sus became my ran-som. Why should I fear to die ; 
 
 
 
 :ita 
 
 
 
 - 0 - 0 - 
 
 00-00 
 
 
 5 
 
 - 0 - 0 - 
 
 
 m. 
 
 
 
 
 tt 
 
 
 rj r-| 
 
 
 
 r-PJ 
 
 
 -•i , 
 
 
 -f=-H 
 
 White rob’d angels are sing-ing I 
 How they swell the glad an-them ! 
 Soon my eyes will be - hold him, S 
 
 [-0—0-0— 9- -0-f-%- 
 
 Sv-er around the bright 
 Ev-er around the bright 
 5 eat-ed up-on the bright 
 
 ^ ^ A A .. 
 
 throne ; ^ 
 ; throne ; \ 
 ; throne ; 
 
 Vhen, 0 when shall 
 Vhen, 0 when shall 
 I'hen, 0 then shall ' 
 
 bcvrjzd 
 
 I see thee, 
 
 I see thee, ! 
 I see thee, ' 
 
 Beautiful, beau-ti - ful 
 Beautiful, beau-ti - ful 
 Beautiful, beau-ti - ful 
 
 home. 
 
 home. 
 
 home. 
 
 r ^ r 7 
 
 ww 9^90 
 
 1 -1— 1 
 
 w w ww 
 
 
 
 
 
 ~f » 
 
 
 
 l-p t- 
 
 
 1 ^. 
 
 I 4 : J 
 
 1 
 
 It* 
 
 
 
 Chorus. 
 
 — N'~h~N 
 
 
 5 - 41 - 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Home, beau-ti-fnl home. 
 
 Bright beau-ti - ful home. Home, home of our Sav - ior. Bright beau-ti - ful home. 
 
 ©Hli 
 
 ilH 
 
 n-W--W- 
 
 Beau-ti - ful 
 
 0 — 0 - 
 
 
 
 home. 
 
 ■y-i?' 
 
 Beau-ti - ful home. 
 
 „ . b U 
 
 Beau-ti - ful 
 
Nerer Cease to Labor. 
 
 31 
 
 Rev. E. A. Hoffman, Boldly . 
 
 
 N S 
 
 05<:- 
 
 N- 
 
 
 S, W. Straub. 
 
 
 1. Nev - er cease to la-bor, brother, While there’s work to do, Christ, the Mas -ter, calls to du - 
 
 2. Nev - er cease to la-bor, brother. Lest some soul be lost. Drift - ing to the shore e - ter - 
 
 3. Nev - er cease to la-bor, brother. Till the day is done. Till the Mas -ter calls you high 
 
 
 
 
 -5=f: 
 
 
 
 s 
 
 ty, 
 
 nal, 
 
 ■er, 
 
 fi- 
 
 1 
 
 iH 
 
 Chorus. 
 
 -1 
 
 ^ m • 
 
 i ■ 
 
 1 
 
 "h 
 
 
 r-T — : : 1 
 
 
 L_b ” T cj. 1 
 
 0 0 • J 
 
 — ih j 
 
 “F — ^ 
 
 
 ■p Ip P * 
 
 6 
 
 
 d 1 
 
 \K * • : 
 
 
 p— p-r- 
 
 
 — ^ — ^“1^— . — it — it-i — 
 
 tr— p- p ^ 
 
 And he calls to you. 
 Help - less, tempest - toss’d. 
 And the crown is won. 
 
 ^ — ? , 
 
 5 d 
 
 Nev - er, nev - er, 
 Nev - er, etc. 
 
 Nev - er, etc. 
 
 1 ^ r 1 1 
 
 ^ 0 -^- 
 
 nev - er, nev • er, 1 
 
 — p — p— = — p — p-^ 
 
 'Jev-er cease 
 
 PS - F— i • F— j ' 
 
 to la - bor — nev-er 
 
 1 — T 1 — — 
 
 f.f h-t _ 
 
 • 1 
 
 
 -P ^ f f « * 
 
 7 1- 1 1 \- P \ 
 
 ij p u r 
 
 L- L ■ 
 
 L. La • La • 
 
 
 
 1 u ij r d. ! , ! 
 
 F P * 
 
 ^ - r. r_ tZf ^ 
 
 
 u a 
 
 g ' 
 
 
 ^ ^ 1 
 
 
 d d d 
 
 
32 
 
 Rev. H. B. Hartzler. 
 
 Ready to Go. 
 
 J. H. Rhebm. 
 
 }=S=*i:3 
 
 i=i- 
 
 ! V 
 
 1. An-gels, o - pen the gold-en gates; Come, I ' am read - y 
 
 2. Sav-ior, come with ex-tend-ed arms, Come with a smile 
 
 3. Lov’d ones, come to the sloping shore, Come to . the roll - ing ti(^ 
 
 ¥ 
 
 to 
 
 for 
 
 go! 
 
 me; 
 
 Scat-ter the gloom of the 
 Welcome me in from the 
 Help me to land with a 
 
 
 -fr-?: 
 
 
 
 -V— V — ¥ — ¥- 
 
 -h± 
 
 ¥ ¥ ¥ 
 
 A¥^=^ »- 
 
 
 -¥ ¥- 
 
 
 Chorus. 
 
 
 H: 
 
 V ‘ " ! I 'H 
 
 si-lent tomb, Show me the land of e - ternal bloom. Bright with a fade-less glow, 
 pain and sin, Guid-ing my feet to the throne within. Close by the crys - tal sea. 
 clasping hand. Welcome me in-to your ho - ly band. Close to my Sav-ior’s side. 
 
 J 
 
 
 O - pen the 
 
 O - pen, etc. 
 
 O - pen, etc. 
 
 
 Id 
 
 
 
 w— u'— y- 
 
 5- 
 
 
 Open the gates. 
 
 / ¥ 
 
 
 
 
 
 -0-^-0r~^ 
 
 1 
 
 
 
 -Hi 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 » 0 - 
 
 -5-t - i-#- 
 
 \j 
 
 
 -0 
 
 -• — % 
 
 
 ^0 
 
 „ — ^ — 0 — 
 
 » 0— 
 
 
 
 — J| 
 
 gates, The gold - en 
 
 
 -V^ V-V- 
 
 gates. 
 
 o 
 
 pen the gates. 
 
 
 ¥-¥-^-¥- 
 
 For I am read-y to go 
 
 Open the gate *, Thegold-e" 
 
 ¥ ¥ ¥ 
 
 Open the gates. 
 
 ¥ ¥ ¥ 
 
 gates, Open the gates. 
 
Ebbn. E. Rbxpord. 
 
 m 
 
 
 *■ 
 
 -ft — N 
 
 Let Me Do Something for Jesns. 
 
 38 
 
 u 
 
 1. Let me 
 
 2. Let me 
 
 3. I can 
 
 4. I will 
 
 N _ 
 
 -1— n — J— 
 
 
 
 
 S. W. Straub. 
 
 H N — K— 
 
 do something for Je - sus, Humble and meek tho’ it 
 do something for Je - sus, Great is the debt that I 
 do something for Je - sus, Tho’ ’twill be meek at the 
 do something for Je - sus, Hum-ble I know it will 
 
 be. For tho’ by sin most un- 
 owe — Poor in all earth-ly pos- 
 hest, But he will think of my 
 be. But he will know why I 
 
 
 
 L I i !. I. h L I t' t ^ U 
 
 Chorus. 
 
 I 
 
 
 ;; ’-5 0 ^ 0 0 0 ^ W # ^ 0 - 
 
 I^dE3 
 
 wor - thy, * He has done great things for me. 
 ses - sions. What in re - turn can I show, 
 weak-ness. And un - der-stand all the rest, 
 do it, And ’twill be reck - on’d to me. 
 
 - 0 - ^ ♦T" 
 
 
 
 
 Let me do something for Je - sus. 
 Let me, etc. 
 
 Let me, etc. 
 
 Let me, etc. 
 
 = 0 (• 
 
 
34 
 
 Look Up! and Persevere. 
 
 Jifc 
 
 
 p 
 
 
 
 
 J. F. Ki^sbv. 
 
 m 
 
 1. Should sorrow’s gate be o - pen’d wide, And on us pour a flood; Should hopes we cher - ish 
 
 2. Re - mem - her, if the night come not, To make more bright the morn ; We would not hail with 
 
 3. Use - less, in -deed, our pin - ings are. They but in - crease our pain; The no - bier plan is, 
 
 - - - . _ ^ ^ ^ 
 
 
 
 EE 
 
 
 
 with-er’d lie, E’er they be - gin to bud; Should clouds up-on our pathway rise. And all seem dark and 
 un - told joy The com -ing of the ■ dawn; And if our life was but one scene Of pure un - end - ing 
 when we fall, To rise and try a - gain: No mat-ter how the stoi-m may rage, Let love a fab - ric 
 
 
 S: 
 
 
 
 i!=t 
 
 Chorus. fUzVA energy. 
 
 
 ; 
 
 Hzzr4^qzrr=N : 
 
 K -1 ^ 
 
 
 
 W 
 
 ^ — i * 
 
 — 0 — 0 — 0 — 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 drear. Our mot - to in that hour should be. Look up and per - se - vere. 
 bliss, We might grow weak up-on our way. And live our time a miss, 
 rear; And as we gaze, our cry shall be. Look up, and per - se - vere. 
 
 Look up! and per-se- 
 Look up! etc. 
 
 Look up! etc. 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 M — 
 
 :| 
 
 1 — 1 — l- f 
 
 
 
 
 
35 
 
 Look Up! and Persevere — Concluded. 
 
 
 1:1- 
 
 - j — »>-« — 
 
 1 M — ji ii-^0 ^ ^ ^ — -- TT . r i i 
 
 • " " -0- -#• • -0JL-0- 
 
 vere, Look up! and per-se - vere; Our mot-to then should ev-er be, “Look up! and per-se - vere,” 
 
 
 k I 
 
 Look up ! 
 
 
 
 look up 
 
 ei 
 
 Not too slow. 
 
 Star of Progress. 
 
 Weber. 
 
 I 
 
 
 
 
 
 J L 
 
 -■-t- 
 
 
 I 
 
 1. Star 
 
 2. Oh. 
 
 of pro - gress, guide 
 
 ward By thy ev - er glo - rious light, 
 
 il - lume our souls when sor - row Gath - ers clouds a - round our hearts. 
 
 3. Shine thou on, thou star 
 
 ry 
 
 to 
 
 ken. Of the 
 
 
 a— <g- 
 
 
 I 
 
 joys that are 
 
 -f-' 
 
 to 
 
 -r^ "TT 
 
 
 
 n ^ , ! ^ 1 
 
 1 1 ! ^ ^ 1 _ _ 
 
 -tr- ^ 1 1 
 
 0 "ji J 
 
 r- r ^ J 
 
 zrr .. 
 
 
 1 la 
 
 -at 1 ^ 1 0 
 
 1 H ^ 
 
 ® 1- 
 
 
 
 1 ^ ®~ Tl 
 
 « 'f ^ 0[ 
 
 .-m y 1 
 
 rrft J 
 
 S e2 ^ 
 
 
 ^ 3 - •' 11 
 
 i r a ® 
 
 S « 
 
 ^ ^ 
 
 S' c ® 
 
 
 0 'll 
 
 %j \ 1 ^ 
 
 May our mot - to e’er h 
 
 Show to us the joy - ( 
 
 When by love’s bright chain 1 
 
 ! 
 
 ^ ^ ^ I O' 
 
 »e — ‘On -ward,’ Swerve not to the left nor right. 
 
 DUS mor - row. Which but life and joy im - parts, 
 
 an - bro - ken. We shall all be gath - er’d home. 
 
 1 
 
 1 r r 
 
 
 
 -K9- ^ 1 
 
 
 a p ^ n 
 
 1 - *-T ^ 
 
 d 
 
 L \Z 
 
 
 
 1 1 Tl 
 
 
 ! 1 
 
 \ . fS.. p 
 
 
 
 1 » II 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 
 
 
 1 i \ r 
 
 
 - . ■ ■ 
 
36 
 
 We Should Hear the Angels Singing! From Golden Rule, by per. 
 
 Katb Cambron. 
 
 S, W. Straub. 
 
 5 
 
 
 - . - -# 
 
 jpi 
 
 1. If we on - ly sought to brlght-en 
 
 2. If we on - ly strove to cher - ish 
 
 
 3. If it were our aim 
 
 4. If we on - ly did 
 
 ♦ 1*- ’ ^ 1*" 
 
 Ey - ’ry path -way dark with care, If we on - ly tried to 
 Ev - *ry pure and ho - ly thought, Till with-in our hearts should 
 to pon-der On the good that we might win. Soon our feet would cease to 
 our du - ty, Think-ing not what it might cost. Then the earth would wear new 
 
 I - ^ t- 4L ^ 
 
 
 
 0-^ 
 
 m 
 
 
 Chorus. 
 
 
 I 
 
 m. 
 
 
 
 light-en All the bur - dens oth-ers bear; 
 
 per -ish All that is with e-vil fraught; 
 
 wan-der In for - bid - den paths of sin. 
 
 beau-tv. Fair as that in E - den lost ; 
 
 it « g— r-#-^ A-# 0 —t- 0 -*— 
 
 
 
 ✓ 
 
 We should hear the 
 We should hear, etc. 
 We should hear, etc. 
 We should hear, etc. 
 
 an 
 
 gels sing-ing, 
 
 All 
 
 * 
 
 i 
 
 at=6 
 
 
 n ft 1 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 — -lb— 1 
 
 Ps 
 
 — lb— 1 
 
 
 
 
 
 ■ 
 
 
 
 
 
 — 0— 
 
 
 -1 
 
 
 
 
 
 _jj — 0 — 
 
 
 -p— 
 
 
 
 round 
 
 ■ , m •- 
 
 S 
 
 US, 
 
 — w 0 — 
 
 night and 
 0 m 
 
 day; 
 
 j 
 
 — ^ ^ 
 
 — ^ 
 
 We should 
 
 0 V — 0 0 
 
 feel that they 
 
 4 * P 
 
 %— 
 
 are 1 
 
 jP- 
 
 iving-ing, 
 
 — p 
 
 At 
 
 -J-J 
 
 our 1 
 
 Ly-s 0- 
 side, their 
 
 up-ward 
 
 way. 
 
 J .. 
 
 
 -t- 
 
 
 
 4 -^ 
 
 
 -P— 
 
 
 W^W =-P P— 
 
 -P !-■■# 0 -^^^ 
 
 -q- : Tl 
 
 
 
 I±ti= 
 
 -U— 
 
 
 
 -7-Jr 
 
 =jE= 
 
 
 -0 1^ 
 
 —t 1 — 
 
 — — l-l 
 
 
 
 — 
 
 
 
 
 
 ■ -V 
 
 -tr- 
 
 L| ^ 
 
 y-J 
 
 U 
 
Follow Him 
 
 37 
 
 M. S. • S. W. S. 
 
 
 -! N--] 
 
 fs 
 
 -J M it t - 
 
 V. ^ r-^ 
 
 
 n — M — 
 
 1. je - sus says, Come 
 
 2 . Lit - tie chil-dren, ] 
 
 3 . Do the right, and : 
 
 ~i — «-T- 
 
 ; fol - low me, I 
 hear the call, I 
 nev • er fear, ^ 
 
 1 
 
 ’m the Truth, the 
 ie will guide you 
 lev - er from your 
 
 ±T-7-tl . 
 
 -# # — 
 
 Life, the Way; 
 in the way; 
 Sav-ior roam; 
 
 f-rt r 
 
 Nev-er from his g 
 He will save you 1 
 Fho’ sometimes the 
 
 Lj 
 
 rood-ness flee, 
 rom the wrong, 
 way he drear. 
 
 — icd 
 
 J L^-L— 4 
 
 t — — f- 
 
 H ^ 
 
 -L U— 
 
 — U-t--- t-; 
 
 4... V i..™. 
 
 :#:i. ^==1^ 
 
 — 1 K — 1 4 
 
 
 0 — 0^ — 
 
 ri — ^ — 
 
 ,K 
 
 
 
 1— j — li — 1/ — 
 
 -0 1 i 
 
 -H 0 1 
 
 0-^ 
 
 
 ¥ — ! 
 
 ^ 0 0 0 0 
 
 ♦ J.. 
 
 
 ^ ^ * 
 
 
 0 
 
 
 Hear his call - ing, and o - hey. 
 
 Fol - low, fol - low. 
 
 fol - low Him, He’s the Life, the 
 
 Turn your foot-steps when they stray. 
 
 Fol - low, fol - low. 
 
 etc. 
 
 
 
 
 It will lead you 
 
 to your home. 
 
 Fol - low, fol - low. 
 
 etc. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 0 
 
 m • 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 
 t 1 It • 
 
 — # ? f ' 
 
 ^ h — 
 
 
 -0 1 h 
 
 
 
 :f r— T . - 
 
 
 -i- L 
 
 
 -0 0 0 
 
 
 1 ^r-f 
 
 
 1— ^ — -—if — [ y 
 
 — 5 ' 
 
 0-»-J 
 
 1 
 
 L| b' ^ 1 
 
 b 
 
38 
 
 We shall Know Each Other There. 
 
 Allegretto. Robert Thallon, Jr. 
 
 
 — "T'~i — r~\ 
 
 
 
 0 —^- 
 
 n ^ ' T 
 
 ■ij ‘j 
 
 
 r — 
 
 
 'III 12 s s 
 
 
 • s 
 
 
 
 M J 
 
 
 m % 
 
 i m f 
 
 
 — Z — ? — 
 
 
 
 
 -J — i 1 — d— 
 
 1 % 0 
 
 
 1 z — ! 
 
 f— 4 
 
 \r- ^ 1 1 
 
 T. In the land of 
 
 2. Will they wel ■ come 
 
 3. Harpstrings, touch’d by 
 
 H- 
 
 an - cient sto - ry, V 
 us in heav - en, 1 
 
 an - gel fin - gers, I 
 
 * • 
 
 /here the spir - it k 
 rhey, the loved of 1 
 dur - mur in my 
 
 J J 
 
 ^ -J- . 
 
 nows no care, 
 ong a - go? 
 rap - tur’d ear; — 
 
 -j- — b 
 
 In that land of 
 kVill the joy of 
 Ev - er-more thei 
 
 1 — -» 
 
 r 
 
 K 
 
 
 ' n m 'm w 
 
 ft 
 
 
 • n 
 
 ^ 'f 
 
 0 0 0 0 
 
 _(* . p 1 
 
 
 1 ^ * 
 
 '1 • 
 
 
 rfy— ^ F F 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 0 1 \j 1 
 
 J 
 
 
 \j ! 
 
 1 \j 
 
 
 
 
 
 1 
 
 
 0 
 
 ir 
 
 
 
 — 0 — 5— 
 
 y 0 , 
 
 ^0 
 
 1 J — g 
 
 f 0 
 
 
 Chorus. 
 
 P=f i s -P\ 
 
 1^4^- X 
 
 i 
 
 -« 
 
 -i T — 
 
 =f^ 
 
 - 1 _- - 
 
 
 fc— f — f — ? — Z- 
 
 i — — J- 
 
 ^ 
 
 =i! =^ # 
 
 *1- 
 
 -H ^ 0 
 
 
 
 Xr ' 
 
 
 
 -J- i •» 
 
 V -#• 
 
 
 h 
 
 light and glo - ry, Shall we know each oth - er there? 
 
 Yes, we’ll know each oth- - er there, 
 
 friend - ly greet - ing. There, the lov - ing heart o’er - flow? 
 
 Yes, we’ll know, etc. 
 
 
 
 sweet tone whis-pers. We shall know each 
 
 Oth - er there. 
 
 Yes, we’ll know, etc. 
 
 
 
 
 J 1 — h — [- , 
 
 T h'^L-T— - 
 
 
 — *r| 
 
 ! N 
 
 \A — 
 
 
 
 =*' ^ ' h 
 
 L U— 
 
 1 ^ 
 
 ^-3 — S 
 
 ! iM 
 
 1-0 0 — 0 
 
 — 
 
 
 r~ — — 
 
 
 
 r-i^~K — fF|— ps- 
 
 “T^ k ! ~T» 
 
 1 _J ^ 
 
 # fl J 
 
 s ^ 1 - p 
 
 1 (.k^ ■ |X^ 
 
 ' iJ M ^ M 
 
 i _ ^ 1 If 
 
 
 F S F * 
 
 
 
 1 0 1 1 1 
 
 ^ M J m- 1 K 
 
 SlIZ « '3 0 • 
 
 _ • 1 • 
 
 T" ' ^ * •! 
 
 _f! J i 
 
 
 
 *4, - p - --T- 
 
 Yes, we’ll know each oth-er there; In 
 
 —u. 1 ^ ^ S. J 
 
 ' • • - F.^ F - F • 
 
 that land of light and glo-ry. We will know each oth-er there! 
 
 N . Bk. ^ Ik. . 
 
 
 iT'^n 
 
 
 1 'F, ^ 0 
 
 0.0 0 0 
 
 
 
 -r^n T 
 
 J J J J 
 
 
 1 
 
 
 
 
 J — i J — 
 
 T 
 
 ^ f / f ? 
 
 1 
 
 w 
 
 
 1 0 0— 
 
 y— 
 
 -0 ' 0—0 
 
 L, ^ ^ 
 
 L 
 
 bh- 
 
 W #— * 1, 
 
 i — S— •=,' '1 
 
Ebkn. E. Rexford. 
 
 What will the Recompense Be? 
 
 -i=i=g=? 
 
 39 
 
 3=5t-J: 
 
 S. W. Straub. 
 
 — ^— N- 
 
 -^■ir 
 
 ■U 
 
 -^rrtc 
 
 1. Harvester, harvester, gather thy sheaves ! The Master is coming this way; My heart o’er its fol - ly and 
 
 2. Harvester, harvester, faith -ful to God, O seek by the wayside and find, Grown in the weeds where the 
 
 3. Harvester, harvester, work with a will, Soon will the harvest be done ; While standing in i-dle-ness, 
 
 4. Harvester, harvester, dal - ly no more, And think what the Master would say, “O gather the sheaves till the 
 
 srifiilli 
 
 V ^ U U I? P 
 
 :=f; 
 
 
 
 fi \r\r 1 
 
 
 
 
 
 Chorus 
 
 
 
 i-dleness grieves And the hours it has squander’d a - way. 
 rank brambles nod. The wheat for the sheaves you would bind, 
 soul, art thou still ? What have thy fold-ed hands won? 
 har - vest is o’er, — Go work with the reap-ers to - day!” 
 
 — # — # 0 0 — r*-; — 0 — 0 —^ • ^ — r0- 
 
 
 Gath-er, gath-er, gath-er the sheaves, 
 Gath-er, gath-er, etc. 
 
 Gath-er, gath-er, etc. 
 
 Gath-er, gath-er, etc. 
 
 - 0 0 — 0- 
 
 I I 
 
 
 -0 — 0 - 
 
 
 y-y- 
 
 
 
 (»k| N| Zf 
 
 - ^ -j 
 
 — i-.; — K-- jz — iz_j. 
 
 Bound in the harvest by thee; Osoul,if thy hand hath pluck’d nothing but leaves. What will therecomjjen^e be? 
 
 
 
 ✓ ✓ ✓ 
 
 
 
40 
 
 Rev. J. Straub. 
 Cheerfully. 
 
 
 All will be Well Again! 
 
 ^ i > 
 
 S. W. Straub. 
 
 
 
 
 9 
 
 «-T- 
 
 
 O pil - grim, look for - ward to glo - ry, Tho’ sor - row and weep- ing are here; The 
 
 2. On earth we have an - guish and sad - ness, And pain is the lot of this life; We’re 
 
 3. Have faith, then, a lit - tie while Ion - ger. By watch-ings and pray’rs to pre-vail; The 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 tl2=^: 
 
 
 4: 
 
 
 
 Chorus. 
 
 ^ ^ N 
 
 * [ 
 
 --■0—0^0— 0 ^ - 0 ~-iL — t 
 
 — - ^ r 
 
 Mas - ter has left the glad sto - ry. How an - gels in heav-en ap-pear. On - ly a lit-tle more 
 
 told that a - hove there is glad - ness. And ended the toil and the strife. On - ly a lit-tle, etc. 
 
 light from a - hove will grow strong-er, Al-low not thy cour-age to fail. On - ly a lit-tle, etc. 
 
 ✓ ✓ ✓ 
 
 sigh-ing, On - ly a lit-tle more pain, On - ly a lit-tle more weeping, And all will be w'ell a-gain! 
 
 ■s»- 
 
 
 IS 
 
 ■ir it 
 
 
 
Joy to the World! 
 
 41 
 
 
 
 > 
 
 
 
 1 n ■ 1 
 
 j w 1 fisi 
 
 
 _ 1 
 
 ■ 1 
 
 
 " J ' :J' 
 
 « . W "1.® 
 
 
 J 
 
 
 
 
 1 1 
 
 
 _! S 
 
 Ls J 
 
 
 # — ^ # 
 
 -i— — ^ j d 
 
 ~tlt t 
 
 ^ ^ W • ^ * 
 
 1. Joy to the world! the Lord is come: Let earth . re - ceive her King; Let 
 
 2. Joy ■ to the earth, the Sa - vior reigns ! Let men their songs em - ploy ; While 
 
 3. No more let sins and sor - rows grow, Nor thorns in - fest the ground ; He 
 
 rs . 
 
 
 
 mi 
 
 
 ev - ’ry 
 fields, and 
 comes to 
 
 heart pre - pare him room. And heav’n and na - ture sing. And 
 
 floods, rocks, hills, and plains. Re-peat the sound -ing joy. Re- 
 make his bless - ings flow. Far ‘as the curse is found. Far 
 
 ====t=: rr — f — g=gzz 
 
 A^d heaven 
 
 and 
 
 ■X 
 
 heavV and na - ture sing, 
 peat the sound - ing joy, 
 as the curse is found, 
 
 
 ms 
 
 n- 
 
 
 
 And heav’n. 
 
 and 
 
 heav’n 
 
 and 
 
 na - 
 
 ture sing. 
 
 Re - peat, 
 
 re 
 
 peat 
 
 the 
 
 sound 
 
 - ing joy. 
 
 Far as. 
 
 far 
 
 as 
 
 the 
 
 curse 
 
 is found. 
 
 —X 
 
 
 • 
 
 I* 
 
 
 
 s 
 
 i 
 
 ^ P ^ 
 
 And heav'n, and na - ture sing, 
 
 sing. 
 
The Christian Father-Land. 
 
 Ebhn E. Rexford. 
 
 S. W. Straub. 
 
 1. Heav’n is 
 
 2. Heav’n is 
 
 3. Heav’n is 
 
 4. To thee, 
 
 the Christian’s fa - ther-land ; We’re far a - way from home, And home-sictc hearts will 
 the Christian’s fa - ther-land ; And with faith’s clear - er sight, We see onr Fa-ther’s 
 
 the Christian’s fa - ther-land ; Home of my soul, to thee I stretch an ea - ger, 
 
 oh, well-loved fa - ther-land ; My heart is al - ways ti'ue; Mv soul is full of 
 
 ^ ^ ^ ^ J(L 
 
 — — -I* — ^1=^ 
 
 
 t- 
 
 
 Chorus. 
 
 
 ^ ^ p- 
 
 
 - J 
 
 A A A iM 
 
 ^ • 0 j/k 
 
 
 M - ji/ 
 
 I 
 
 A 9 
 
 LA bK» lA 
 
 11 , S. S. ■ ' 
 
 ' m.r\ \ ^ ^ ^ 
 
 
 
 
 W w w w 
 
 tta • » 9 
 
 vmT " • ^ J / 
 
 1 — u M 
 
 -2 z 4 n — 
 
 zA • 
 
 '0 —^ — 
 
 
 ‘nr " \ h 
 
 un - der-stand. How wea - ri - ly we roam, 
 beck’ning hand. And flash -ing bea - con light, 
 long - ing hand, A - cross the sound-ing sea. 
 rap - ture grand, To see Thy hills in view. 
 
 Heav’n is , the Chris-tian’ 
 Heav’n is the, etc, 
 
 Heav’n is the, etc. 
 
 Heav’n is the, etc. 
 
 I 
 
 fa - ther-land, Tho’ 
 
 
 far and wide we roam; Yet some day, at the King’s command, We’ll all 
 
 ^ 4L p p ^ ^ JL ^ t:' t: 
 
 -© 
 
 r ^ 
 
 i 
 
 i 
 
 » 
 
 .-G. 
 
Maria Straub. 
 
 43 
 
 He Lores Me, Too. (Infant Class.) 
 
 S. W. Straub. 
 
 
 
 L 
 
 
 
 r-K 
 
 
 zz^ PS : 
 
 I 
 
 
 JL 
 
 
 
 
 . 
 
 P P ■ i 
 
 ilT\r a K. 
 
 
 
 m i J S 
 
 . #1 •! ^ 
 
 
 
 -g- -f* — 
 
 9. 5 5 
 
 W w 2 • 
 
 # p p p 
 
 ^ 
 
 _P d 2 S 
 
 u 
 
 1. God sees the lit - tL 
 
 2 . He paints the lil - y 
 
 God made the lit - tL 
 
 ^ ♦ 1 
 
 e spar n 
 of tl 
 
 e birds ar 
 
 P- ♦ 
 
 . ♦ P ■ ■ r ' ■ 
 
 ow fall, It meets His ten - der view ; If God so loves the 
 le field, Per-fumes each lil - y bell ; If He so loves the 
 id flow’rs. And all things, large and small ; He’ll not for - get His 
 
 ^ ^ ♦ h# -t- m - - ♦ 
 
 »i S 1 
 
 rr m r 
 
 L 
 
 
 
 
 
 1 
 
 S S' r T 
 
 ^•1 f 
 
 r*’ 1 1 1 
 
 t 
 
 
 1 
 
 k U- 
 
 ~i i r w ' 
 
 1 
 
 -f 0 
 
 ^ hi u 
 
 
 p . 
 
 
 
 P 
 
 
 
 IV II w 9 
 
 V I 
 
 1 B' T ! 
 
 
 T/ 
 
 
 
 ^ Li 
 
 
 V r r _ 
 
 ^ i 
 
 ^ 1 
 
 J 1 
 
 ^ ^ i ^ ✓ i/ 
 
 -4-: H— T^r-i 
 
 k. k_ 
 
 
 F— f- 
 
 
 
 
 - zzi 
 
 —P _-p 
 
 -i ' 
 
 
 N Ik. 1 
 
 
 rmr “r: ^ Tr 
 
 
 -J w 
 
 ■ , M 
 
 s J « 1 
 
 « n 3 -p -p-: — 11 
 
 \M/ 9 ’ 9 9 
 
 P "P -JZ 
 
 9. A \ 
 
 1 .2 
 
 
 zP P P ”d — rP . Tl 
 
 ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ’ - r » 157- 
 
 know He loves me, too; Be -cause He loves the lit - tie things, I know He loves me, 
 
 - -P- -P: - -P- -)► ^99 
 
 • 
 
 too. 
 J _ 
 
 
 
 
 i_ 
 
 
 1 r 
 
 
 
 
 - M* \ ^ ^ fl -I — . I— i— 
 
 r J? t 
 
 4 
 
 
 -Li-. 
 
 r 
 
 — r ^ r«-. 'll 
 
 U Li L. Li ..L L«_* 9 
 
 1 1 J a 
 
 1 Ip 
 
 
 * P 
 
 
 
 jr ^ j 
 
 9 U_ L 
 
 kL L 
 
 
 V 
 
 9 : L 
 
 i?' 
 
 9 P r '1 H 
 
 : i 
 
 I; i k V 
 
 1) ^ y' 1 
 
 p t? ■“ 
 
44 
 
 I am Waiting. 
 
 G. W. HtWT, 
 
 -§^b 
 
 W~m 
 
 
 
 s 
 
 
 
 
 
 h h. 
 
 
 
 m . f f- m 
 
 
 
 m. • 0 . 
 
 ^ A 
 
 
 ■ ■ IT' "1 
 
 1 A 
 
 f 0 • ! F 
 
 m • # _J 1 
 
 ^ 1 ■ 1 
 
 
 -F 'nr^rf 
 
 0 #-#- 
 
 * 1 1 
 
 1 • 
 
 
 ^ 9 ^ 
 
 
 9 9 
 
 
 
 
 1 [ ! I i 1 
 
 
 J \j 
 
 
 n 
 
 bl . 
 
 n 
 
 
 On this earth a wea-ry i 
 God alone can send us g 
 I will strive to-do each ^ 
 
 _n_u — , , ^ ^ 
 
 ran-ger, Wea-ri 
 ;ladness, He car 
 du-ty. Till my ^ 
 
 ' 6? 
 
 -ly I’ve waited 1 
 i strength and ho; 
 ivork on earth is 
 
 ong, Fighting . 
 pe renew ;Inthi 
 o’er; Then th 
 
 /0\- 
 
 on, but of-ten vaii 
 2 storm and in the : 
 ejoys for which I 
 
 n-ly, 
 3un-l 
 ’ve V 
 
 ir- 
 
 ’Gainst op-] 
 ight, He a - 
 /■aited, Shall 1 
 
 pres-sion,want an< 
 lone can guide us 
 le mine for-ev-er 
 
 & 
 
 i w bng. 
 through, 
 *• more. 
 
 
 w j — j ' 
 
 F ! 1 - --- 
 
 
 . ■ -i y 
 
 •f 
 
 1 "! T^~T 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 f 1 
 
 lm“ [2. J [ 
 
 ' ^ F 
 
 
 V J J 
 
 \ J \ 
 
 7 
 
 
 7 
 
 
 9. 
 
 ' m 
 
 
 T '1 1 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 I j 
 
 
 i ^ 
 
 
 1 2 
 
 J 
 
 J 1 
 
 
 » 1 1 
 
 ^-9 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 n - T 
 
 1 -■ 
 
 
 
 5 F 
 
 
 # 
 
 1 ^ 
 
 
 , , , 
 
 
 
 ffl ■f 
 
 ^ b I-, \ 
 
 -\- ' 
 
 \ 
 
 
 \ 
 
 Cl ' 
 
 
 \ 
 
 J \ 
 
 d ' ' 
 
 1 
 
 . . P 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 T .1 
 
 
 1 5 
 
 • 
 
 i ^ i 
 
 J. 
 
I am Waiting— Concluded. 45 
 
46 Worship the Lord in the Beauty of Holiness ! 
 
 M. S. S, W. S. 
 
 
 3[T7» 5** 
 
 I 
 
 
 1 ! 
 
 
 -w~±- 5 .- 
 
 
 r j 
 
 ^ ^ — 1 
 
 
 
 
 
 ^ m \ 0 
 
 j J 
 
 J J- 
 
 \ - J 1 
 
 
 1 — 
 
 ^ Q. J a 
 
 
 
 
 S • J 
 
 rj 9 , m ^ ^ 
 
 
 m 
 
 
 
 tS_jt=j3nLJ 
 
 W J W 
 
 * : -# 
 
 — 
 
 L« 5-5=' 
 
 
 
 -J 
 
 
 
 1. O wor-ship him, the Lord of all, Cre - a - tor of the earth and sky; Thou rul - er of a 
 
 2. O wor-rship him, the fount of life. Great source and strength of ev-’ry- thing, O cleanse the heart from 
 
 3. O wor-ship him, our Fa-ther kind, His love and goodness all may see; Dear Fa - ther, lov - er 
 
 ^ f f ... , ^ 
 
 f-f-. -f- 
 
 :• r r r — -B — - 
 
 ^ — r — T* — — 1*-^ 
 
 miy L| y_4 [^_L» J— , J_M y—j J^_L|I 
 
 ' — g- f— — D 1 - - 
 
 ^orus. 
 
 rg-iit 
 
 
 
 1 ^- 
 
 . ^ 
 
 -H N — 1 k 
 
 A A A ^ A 
 
 PH :-N h ■' Ik- — — ' ... 
 
 
 
 
 
 F J ! ! 
 
 r ^ ^ “ 
 
 r F J J ! N ■ 
 
 
 i' ! 
 
 
 
 
 ^ ^ F . ^ . ... 
 
 j# j# ^ I* {• I* 
 
 W W 0 0 ^ Mi 
 
 
 ■ W i 
 
 
 
 ^ ^ .. ... _ 
 
 
 
 -T F • • F t 
 
 world of worlds. Help us to feel thy ma - jes - ty! O worship the Lord in the beauty of ho-li-ness; 
 
 sin and wrong And bring a ho - ly of - fer-ing. O worship the Lord, etc. 
 
 of our souls. May all u - nite to wor - ship thee. 0 worship the Lord. etc. 
 
 
 r 
 
 
 1 
 
 T 1 ^ 
 
 r 9 
 
 
 IF p^p 1 n^r 
 
 
 1 L [. 
 
 
 1 
 
 « » F F 
 
 F ^ 1 
 
 r r 1 1 r--- 
 
 1 r r r L l 
 
 ^ I13J 
 
 ' h ■ 1- 
 
 
 
 w ' w r r 
 
 1 1 L' 
 
 
 \j \j \j F r r 
 
 TT 
 
 
 
 A 1 a 
 
 li . .1 1 J 
 
 
 -y y y 57 y y ! 
 
 \y . \/ V_ _ , \ 1 
 
 n ^ 
 
 T— p . 
 
 P 
 
 ^ k. S. V . k_ .. _J ^ -J ^ 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 9 ^ ^ ZT’^rf w 
 
 1 1 ! V 
 
 
 X: "fl 
 
 ff^Tl 
 
 
 
 3 — — 
 
 
 ._r. r~r » rr ' 
 
 ^ A A 1 "^ 
 
 J A J n 
 
 1 . K II 
 
 
 
 
 
 ft 
 
 » F F # F [ 
 
 =S-i 
 
 ^P jpf 
 
 F F [ 
 
 J » i ' II 
 
 ^ - 
 
 ^ ^ 4 
 
 ^ ■ "#l_ ' 
 
 J • F F 
 
 — ^ — 
 
 “r r — r — r — r i 
 
 F F -F F — a^- 
 
 - .F F— :f 
 
 P ^ M 1 ^ * 
 
 J 
 
 ' • ^ 'y ''Z ^ 
 
 fear before him, all the earth, O worship the Lord in the beauty of holiness; fear b( 
 
 . - . . - ^ ^ ^ ^ - - 
 
 sfore him, 
 
 all the earth. 
 /T\ /r\ 
 
 
 w m 
 
 ^ r r 
 
 r r r 
 
 
 » » 5 1 1 r 
 
 
 F F n 
 
 
 T C 
 
 L L 
 
 ~r * ' f — * — T — r 
 
 III 1 # W 
 
 ' 1 s^s r 
 
 1 F II 
 
 I'll 
 
 
 ■ 1 ■ 
 
 
 b b b r r r 
 
 -F p- r - -r 1 
 
 
 ■Tf 
 
 ! ^ 
 
 
 1 ^' L/”v V i^-'y 
 
 — ^ II - \^- -1/- 
 
 
 r b = 
 
Carry Me Over to Jesus. 47 
 
 Olivk R. Painb. S. W. Strattb. 
 
 
 r— ; 
 
 
 -1 
 
 k 
 
 1 ^ W LV' ^ 
 
 1 ^ kT I P i 
 
 , ^ 1 i 
 
 I k. I r I 
 
 
 1 
 
 ^ tL ^ -n 
 
 
 
 
 
 -S » ” ■ ■ ■ 
 
 
 
 — p jJ -0- -~l 
 
 I rs ( _J_ g 2 
 
 # m M ^ 
 
 J T _L J 
 
 1- ; \ ^ 
 
 
 ■.Pmf . 7 J m g 1 
 
 1. Se 
 
 2. Q] 
 3- Fa 
 
 e the Shepherd of Is - ra-el stand Beckoning me with his ra-diant hand ; O how fair is the 
 h, I fear, for the wa-ters dark Rise to en-gulph my fee -ble bark; Near - er the tones of 
 ir is the robe with its star-ry shine ; Bright is the harp that will soon be mine ; Voic-es of earth do ye 
 
 ^ ^ A ^ ^ m ^ ^ dm ^ ^ A ^^^dm ^ m ^ m ^ Mm 
 
 - L j A f 
 
 ^ r r r Tr^ 
 
 z r : 
 
 
 
 r rzzf:^ r_r .i 
 
 -i 0 
 
 
 r r 
 
 ^ T— 
 
 1 [7^k4 1 
 
 
 I 
 
 
 
 
 1 I ^ 
 
 
 L 
 
 'P V 1 
 
 k 1,™ 4 1 
 
 
 
 
 
 r ' ■ i 
 
 1# 1^ i 
 
 
 L 
 
 ^Jl r J 
 
 1 V [7 ^ ^ 
 
 i ar#_ !• _#-# 
 
 
 <2_ 
 
 
 !• ^ « Irr 
 
 Jft ^-F ■! : 
 
 
 ji m i> ^ 
 
 U P 1 P P 1 t* 
 
 
 I b p i 
 
 1 ^ i 
 
 
 -G-rb k-'l - 
 
 K -P-H N HS 
 
 
 1 
 
 i 1 
 
 
 ~1 ^ ^ 
 
 ! Ill 
 
 1 1 M # ' 1 
 
 
 
 
 1 ^ II* 'J 
 
 
 i 9 — 
 
 1 » 1 i 1 ^ 
 
 
 J i 
 
 ? J 
 
 1 « » 9 F ' ‘ 
 
 ~9"' C}. ■" 
 
 s: 
 
 
 9 * 
 
 
 
 
 9 ^ ^ m ^ m 0 — J 
 
 glo - ry light, Gath-er’d up - on those plains si 
 mu - sic glide, Near - er I come to the foam-i 
 bid me stay ; Fa - ther, dear fa-ther, I must a 
 
 ^ ^ ^ J . m J 
 
 0 bn 
 ng ti 
 
 L - W 
 L 
 
 ght. 
 de. ; 
 ay. ( 
 
 gr— 1 
 
 I would dwell in this changeless rest, 
 Near - er the crown that will gild my brow, 
 Hold - ly the spray falls o’er my brow, 
 
 it 4-"^ ? 
 
 k 4— p r 1 
 
 
 
 V r r — r r r f 
 
 -ir V cT’— — 
 
 “ 
 
 
 ' r L 
 
 gf |i 
 
 t 
 
 
 f r TPTj i i' — 1 1 1 
 
 
 
 ! ^ 1 1* p 
 
 
 
 
 
 ^ T — ti ?' — V [ 
 
 -l _| 
 
 1 " 17 W 9 
 
 r L r_ 
 
 
 \ 
 
 
 
 ill 1 i. ' i/-v ■ ■ 
 
 1 
 
 
 rO :b U-p — ^P~F H — ' — 
 
 
 
 ~~l , 1 
 
 “1 IV K ■ 
 
 ^■ 
 
 1 — Ti 
 
 ii£h IT I I ^ ^ ^ J ^ 
 
 r L- 
 
 ^ ^ M 
 
 
 J '^"Nn kT 
 
 
 -J - 1 1 
 
 P* F F F ‘ i - | 
 
 F p I 
 
 F 1 1 
 
 »h ' is! ' ■ 
 
 ^ P _i i 1 * 
 
 P . 1 <: 
 
 ^ 1 1 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 -i ^ 
 
 ! _JJ 
 
 I k' i/ i ' ^ p 
 
 Car-ry me o-ver to Je-sus’ breast; I wc 
 Cai;-ry me o-ver to Je-sus now ; Neare 
 Cai^-ry me o-ver to Te-sus now ; Cold- 
 
 rff- ^ F- 
 
 )uld dwell in this changeless' rest, Car-ry me o-ver to Je-sus’ breast. 
 
 :r the crown that will gild my brow, Car-ry me o-ver to Je-sus now. 
 
 •ly the spray falls o’er my brow, Car -17 me o-ver to Je-sus now, 
 
 ^ P m ^ m m ^ ^ ^ m m m ^ ^ 
 
 t- ■ ~F '^-'F — r I ~i 
 
 ~S S r? 
 
 
 
 r I 
 
 -W W ^ 
 
 w . pi» — ^ ^ ^ 
 
 _* . W " 
 
 
 ^.r 7 ~rri — r;-h~ 
 
 -p — P — » 
 
 
 T 
 
 La [a 
 
 P L L • ~F F 
 
 -ff * P 
 
 
 riP tr r^H tb-V 
 
 T — ^ 
 
 
 
 i 1 ^ 
 
 W or 
 
 w p P“r' “ p 
 
 “f* P— 
 
 
 ‘^rn 7 -r • 
 
 > r 
 
 
 
 r_W P_P- 
 
 
 J L.J Lj.L-- id^U- 
 
 J Li 
 
 
 
 I 
 
 ■ wi’ 
 
 K*' 
 
 II ’ • 'sV Ir •- p” • 
 
 1 / ! p ✓ 
 
 
48 
 
 We shall Meet By the Rirer of Life. 
 
 J. F. Kinsby. 
 
 ■h 
 
 
 -fs- 
 
 
 
 
 1. Oil how sweet, when we min - gle With the kin - dred spir - its here, And 
 
 2, Hark! the words of our Mas - ter, “Oh be faith - ful, watch and pray. Press 
 
 - ^ 
 
 
 
 
 I 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 gf 
 
 tell of Je-sus and his love; When by faith we can see Him, And feel his presence near, 
 on where joys e - ter - nal flow.” Let us jour - ney to-geth - er, A -long the shin-ing way, 
 
 ^ 0 • m . A IS 
 
 4: 
 
 -I&- 
 
 :?r:: 
 
 
 F-=— 
 
 ft 
 
 :*rrfcizzk 
 
 
 
 Chorus. 
 
 
 How it lifts our long-ing souls a-bove. 
 Sweet-ly sing - ing, sing-ing as we go. 
 
 PI 
 
 f: 
 
 
 We shall meet, we shall meet, 
 
 We-shall meet, etc. 
 
 jy \ I We shall meet, ±y We shall meet* 
 
 
 -X D S — u_ 
 
We shall Meet By the River of Life . — Concluded. 
 
 49 
 
 i-fir 
 
 — P 
 
 
 1 V 
 
 r-h— 1 n 
 
 
 ...\ 
 
 
 
 f 1 -T' 
 
 F# 
 
 [ 0 ' M M 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 i. 
 
 
 ; • . * • •! 
 
 m 
 
 
 SjZ 
 
 ^ Zl 
 
 ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ! i 
 
 P • ! 
 
 1 ' j ! ] 1 
 
 We shall meet by the Riv - er of lif 
 
 .L A m • 0 *•■ « 1 
 
 0 • 0 W • 9 9 
 
 e. We shall meet the ar 
 
 . __ s iV 
 
 • O 9 
 
 1 - gels there, 
 
 r 15 1 
 
 
 r r 
 
 F P • P P P P 
 
 --#5 
 
 ? ^ p* 
 
 m 
 
 1 • P • 
 
 
 
 n 
 
 
 L U 
 
 
 1 
 
 
 n 
 
 \ — 
 
 “1 
 
 I 1 
 
 — 
 
 ^ ^ 1 
 
 m • p 
 
 ^ -- - [y - -tf \j [y - I 
 
 
 ' fL S Z p L • J 
 
 Id 
 
 
 d 
 
 d 
 
 H 
 
 
 ^ ^ 
 
 IT IT If 1 
 
 -i. 
 
 
 — f — 0 
 
 ' — 
 
 =i 
 
 =ZZ1 
 
 ^ 17 tf- 
 
 
 
 
 ■tr— & ^ 
 
 And we’ll join their cho - ral songs, With the lov’d ones, bless - ed lov’d ones gone be - fore. 
 ^ ' /rs -0- • M. M. ^ I 
 
 
 -h- 
 
 
 
 The Lord’s Prayer. 
 
 
 
 "P 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 \ j - 
 
 q_ 
 
 
 
 1 1 -j- 
 
 
 — 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 rS — -ch- 
 
 d- 
 
 
 W - ^ 
 
 -®- 2 
 
 1 
 
 & 
 
 » 
 
 ^ - - 
 
 •J 
 
 1. Our Father who art in heaven, hallowed 1 
 
 2 . Give us this day our I 
 
 • 3 . And lend us not into temptation, but de-1 
 
 liver J 
 
 ■i^ 
 
 be thy I name ; | 
 dai-ly j bread ; | 
 
 1^ us fronj 1 evil ; | 
 
 1 Thy kingdom come ; thy will be done on 
 1 And forgive us our trespasses ,as we forgive | 
 For thine is the kingdom, and the power) 
 and the glory, for- J 
 
 -*y- 
 
 1 earth, as it | is in | heaven, 
 them that jtrespass a-| gainst us; 
 
 • ever and ( ever. A- | men. 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 -kQ 
 
 
 
 
 
 M 
 
 rr 1 — 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 rt fc~d 
 
 
 
 
 
 r ? 
 
 
 
 
 >5 p-d 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 t ^ ^ 
 
 ' L 
 
 
 
 
 1^ ! — 1 
 
 
 
 4 
 
S. W. Straub. 
 
 60 How Beauteous are Tlieir Feet! 
 
 -G-S 
 
 
 ^-r 
 
 — 1 K~ 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 _4s qz:? i 
 
 J 
 
 i • 3 ^ - 
 
 H — 
 
 N- 
 
 =d ^ H - 
 
 
 
 -d i d— 
 
 _ ' . ■ Ij 
 
 % l 0 —t : 
 
 
 
 -0 — d 
 
 
 -5^ ^ 
 
 1. How beaut-eous are their 
 
 2. How charm-ing is their ■ 
 
 3. The watch-men join their 
 
 M Li ^ ^ A ^ 
 
 -0- • -0- i ^ ■ 
 
 feet, Who stand on Zi - on’s 
 voice! How sweet their tid - ings 
 voice, And tune - ful notes em - 
 
 MM M M M 
 
 ♦ .* 4 
 
 hill! 
 
 are! 
 
 ploy; 
 
 0=^t 
 
 ^ ’ r p 
 
 Who bring sal - va - tion 
 
 Zi - on be-hold thy 
 
 Te - ru - sa-lem breaks 
 
 . i 0 M 0 
 
 CX* S 
 
 — 1 
 
 rr I I - I 
 
 
 -T r r r ■ 
 
 
 
 
 iuiTtr" 
 
 
 rt" 1 'r r 
 
 r 
 
 
 L 
 
 L 
 
 1 * r r 1 
 
 
 ji Q 
 
 
 1 1 - 
 
 r 
 
 W 0 1# r 
 
 I 
 
 k 
 
 
 
 
 
 5 
 
 m '0 
 
 }0 > 0 0 
 
 1 1 . ! h L 
 
 
 t 0 
 
 1 L L 
 
 
 ✓ 1 1 
 
 \ \ ^ ^ 
 
 ^ - — t 
 
 J 
 
 Chorus. 
 
 -G-O — 1 
 
 -N— 
 
 j 
 
 -N - 
 
 
 
 J 1 
 
 - 
 
 
 
 ^ • 1 
 
 Lj - J 
 
 -af-w-H: d 
 
 S i 
 
 ^ li — \ 
 
 
 
 -J 
 
 J J 
 
 
 J 
 
 
 P 0 - 0 — — ‘ 
 
 F* * * -0 ■ 
 
 TmHr 4 ^ 
 
 H 
 
 1 ! I 
 
 J 5 - * 
 
 ij J 
 
 0 > 4 
 
 9 J 
 
 i 
 
 1 
 
 
 H H ' 
 
 L .? 
 
 TH 7 
 
 
 J - [ 
 
 
 
 1 1 1 
 
 1 
 
 
 
 
 
 -jT 0 0 0 0 — 
 
 on their tongues, And 
 Sav - ior King ; He n 
 forth in songs. And 
 
 — ^-ik-0 > 0 0 
 
 0 0 
 
 w'^ords of peace re 
 eigns and tri-umphs 
 des - erts learn the 
 
 -0 ^ 
 
 • -4 
 
 - veal 
 here, 
 joy. 
 
 0 -t — 
 
 ► 
 
 • 
 
 How s 
 How s 
 How s 
 
 1 
 
 weet their tid - ings 
 weet, etc. 
 weet, etc. 
 
 i Pi 
 
 are How. 
 
 how sweet, 
 
 i ^ 1 
 
 
 ^ ^ 
 
 
 _lo m i 
 
 1 —ft 
 
 t 
 
 
 
 
 
 t P — ^ k- 
 
 - . _ Jf 
 
 
 . 
 
 
 Jr j: 
 
 
 L 
 
 
 i 
 
 
 
 r r L_ 
 
 
 — ff — r * 
 
 
 m I# 
 
 J Li L 
 
 1^ 
 
 '0 • 
 
 # 
 
 1 
 
 f 
 
 
 \J 1 
 
 -0 • . 0 d 
 
 r 1 
 
 / 
 
 P 
 
 ‘ w 
 
 1 
 
 |4 
 
 / 
 
 ! i 
 
61 
 
 Wake the Song of Jubilee! 
 
 S. W. Stkaub. 
 
 r\ 
 
 y 
 
 S. _ , 1 
 
 . 1 N 
 
 1 ^ V 
 
 
 i P p r 
 
 
 T 
 
 
 1 H 
 
 
 F 4 ' 1 1 ‘ 
 
 
 % 
 
 I'll” J J J 
 
 •i .. 
 
 J 
 
 ) 01 i 
 
 
 J n 
 
 
 
 
 
 ^ 1 ' * 
 
 R 01 
 
 5 jJI _1 M 
 
 1 0 01 01 
 
 
 
 
 0 _ . 
 
 J J 
 
 p 2 p 5 • 
 
 'J J J 
 
 mJ 
 
 1. Wake the song of ju - bi - lee. Let it ec 
 
 2. All ye na - tions, join to sing. Praise your St 
 
 3 . Hark! the des - ert lands re-joice; And the is 
 
 ± li » m m 
 
 r - ^ 0 ^ ' — ”■ ”■ 
 
 :h - 0 o’er the sea! Now is come the 
 
 IV - ior, praise your King; Let it sound from 
 1 - lands join their voice; Joy! the whole cre- 
 
 m p p • p 
 
 
 
 Ml /I ! # ^ M 
 
 I p ^ 
 
 
 
 
 i‘ - ■ - r 
 
 I F F p n 
 
 '0 m » 
 
 w w ^ 
 
 
 
 
 4 i p • 
 
 F F F F \ 
 
 
 
 JfO ! 1 1 1 
 
 r 1 1 
 
 
 -iO ^ M 
 
 
 m - w r r 
 
 III 1 
 
 
 V — ! U— 
 
 u b ^ 
 
 
 W W 1 
 
 h b — t 
 
 Lj 
 
 _F F [ ■ 1 
 
 : . V ‘ 
 
 b 1 
 
 Chorus. 
 
 *3 
 
 
 
 prom -is’d hour; Je - sus reigns with glo-rious pow’r! Wake, wake, wake, wake. Wake the song of 
 
 shore to shore, “Je - sus reigns for - ev - er-more!’’ Wake, wake, etc. 
 
 a - tion sings, “Je - sus is the King of kings!” Wake, wake, etc. 
 
 # = # s S— 0 s 
 
 
 
62 
 
 Jesus Loves Little Children. 
 
 Words and Music by H. R. Palmbr. By per. 
 
 mb: 
 
 
 — y- 
 
 
 - 0 -T 
 
 t 
 
 --A — N- 
 
 
 
 1. Je - sus loves lit - tie chil-dren; He is their friend, His aid he will lend, Like a shep-herd he’ll 
 
 2. Je - sus now doth en - treat you, List to his voice. Oh ! hear and re-joice; He is read - y to 
 
 3. Je - sus now doth command you. Do not de - lay. Oh! haste to o - bey ; Dan-gers dark will sur- 
 
 
 
 ii 
 
 
 
 i- 
 
 
 
 Chorus. 
 
 N V K" 
 
 
 
 lead them; Come to him, chil-dren, to - day. 
 meet you; Lit - tie ones, turn not a - way. 
 
 round you, If from your Sa - vior you stray. 
 
 Chil-dren may come, Children may come, 
 Chil-dren, etc. 
 
 Chil-dren, etc. 
 
 IS; 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 s=r 
 
 
 .'Children may corne to the Savior, Children may come, Children may come. Children may come and be sav’d. 
 
 — -i -Ll_Jl — : -LI 
 
 I — f — f -- f — »- 
 
 ;-i t=tz- m— 1=- ipzi:^:^fc^Ei=t==t=±=t^^^ 
 
 7 
 
 
 V 
 
 ✓ ^ ^ ^ tlL' 
 
p 
 
 
 ;j!* 
 
 
 There’s a Home O’er the Mountain 
 
 53 
 
 :=ts; 
 
 r-« — m r 
 
 ii 
 
 Words and Music by C. R. Reed. 
 
 ts- 
 
 
 U/ -r • -r -w w 
 
 1. There’s a home far a-way o’er the mountain, Where trou-bles can harm us no more, There’s a 
 
 2. Tliere are gar - dens and beau - ti - ful flow-ers. And loved ones are wait - ing us there. Glad to 
 
 3. Let us ev - er be work-ing for Je - sus. And ask him to bless us each day; In his 
 
 agill 
 
 jt 
 
 gzizg-r— r£!5iE= 
 
 :5= 
 
 Chorus., 
 
 — 0 — -0- : - 0-0 — ©• — S' : i- S — i - j-L®--- J-# -\-0 — 0 — 0 — g ,._ ■ ^ — I 
 
 it- -w zf 
 
 clear crystal stream and a fountain, And Jesus invites to the shore. Then come, come, come to theFountain, And 
 know that this home may be ours, That Jesus has gone to prepare. Then come, etc. 
 word he has promis’d to save us, If we his commandments obey. Then come, etc. ^ 
 
 ^ --t 0 -’ ^ — — s — ^ ^ — I ^ 3 — 
 
 ' ' ^ ^ I I 5 ^ 
 
54 
 
 S. W. Straub. 
 
 To-Night He Comes to Earth Again! 
 
 M. E. Servoss. 
 
 
 
 
 H — 
 
 
 
 >111 
 
 Hi! 
 
 -i J 
 
 fl/ ^ F F J 
 
 1 
 
 i 
 
 
 J I 
 
 A M M -J 
 
 
 
 
 A 1 
 
 1 ‘ j ' 2 ■ 
 
 
 , A 
 
 « ^ F 
 
 
 
 \^ \ / 4 5 
 
 
 
 F F F • ' F 
 
 2 2 
 
 
 
 J ww^ww w w , w m ^ ^ w ^ w w 
 
 I. Full ma-ny, ma-ny years have })ass’cl Since Je - sus came from glo - ry, And white-rob’d an-ge 
 2 He left his won-drous home on high, Where all was .pure and ho - ly, To live on earth j 
 
 -#■ -f- ^ i 
 
 ;ls, 
 
 l 
 
 9- 
 
 • A M 
 
 
 n m m \ 
 
 r r r 
 
 F F F * F 
 
 F F 
 
 F F F r 
 
 I 
 
 ^.■4r ^ 
 
 
 
 
 _T r J 
 
 
 r r ' f 
 
 I 
 
 
 
 9 m m w 
 
 F F F F 
 
 
 'f '(2- |c 
 
 F F F F 
 
 r I] 
 
 ^ P- ^ 
 
 _r f- — T- 
 
 - F-. J 
 
 u f r 
 
 f- P f 
 
 -A 
 
 
 . 1 ! 1 ' _ .“n ' 1 ' 
 
 r y I I I I 
 
 1 n n 
 
 
 1 J ^ 
 
 ^ ^ 1 ^ 
 
 ^ ^ — - 
 
 
 wSa^ _i I 
 
 
 
 
 W ^ W W 1 
 
 .2 F 
 
 
 f.A A W ^ ^ ^ 
 
 Z 2 3 • 5- 
 
 
 p _j _j 
 
 
 1 1 ‘1 
 
 
 \VT7 Ji W ^ IF 
 
 9. ^ ^ 
 
 1 F F • F 
 
 
 m ^ dm 
 
 F. F F' J F * 
 
 TP . 1 
 
 
 trum-p€ 
 lit - t 
 
 It voic’d, Pro-claim’d the won-drous sto - ry. To shep-herds watch - ing on the plain. Of 
 
 le child. So gen • tie, meek and low-ly. He walk’d the way we all must walk,With 
 
 F- -#••#-!! 1 ^ ! ! ! 1 -0- 
 
 Ck*- 1 
 
 L 
 
 F- . F «| -* 
 
 
 
 « .F F _F| 
 
 F F F 1 
 
 r 
 
 
 U U 
 
 
 
 
 
 r } F I 
 
 
 ^ F 
 
 F- F F 
 
 1 1 
 
 |i 
 
 1 f2_ F 
 
 n 1 i T 
 
 m 3 
 
 
 
 r 1 — r 
 
 F— — F- 
 
 
 
 tj — J — J — J — 
 
 -fzirf-ii]!! ^ 
 
 r"‘ *■ 
 
 
 -J 
 
 j-i J q. : 
 
 -i 1 
 
 1 “1“ 
 
 1 j ^ — 
 
 
 m 1 
 
 JCZ .5 —r^ • F J- 
 
 J J 
 
 % F f j 
 
 1 ! 
 
 
 • F 1 
 
 W 
 
 h“ 
 
 F — 1 
 
 
 m 
 
 F^ FF 
 
 .!-- I i ... t i * w 
 
 -S M i 
 
 
 
 ; • ! 
 
 I 
 
 i — 1 
 
 tz CF F F J— I- 
 
 M 
 
 - J F J F . 
 
 > Z 
 
 pi 
 
 d 
 
 * M 
 
 hi 
 
 . i 1 
 
 Je - sus in a man-ger, And wise men com-ing fi 
 pa-tience, and with glad-ness, He feels with us each j 
 
 - J _J 
 
 F 1 -O' 
 
 fom a - far Sought out the lit - tie stran-ger. 
 oy or woe. Each tri - al, care or sad-ness. 
 
 -F- -F- -F- 1 ! ! ^ 
 
 Cv* T r r: 
 
 F 
 
 ^ F 
 
 F F F 
 
 r r 
 
 
 F F ^ 
 
 f * F 
 
 
 
 
 I 
 
 r 
 
 r r r 
 
 1 I 
 
 — r 
 
 
 1 
 
 
 -F 
 
 WWW HIP 
 
 q 
 
 l.■.■77i F 
 
 F ^ ^ ^ ' 
 
 -F m 1 
 
 » ~F 
 
 p 1 
 
 i H 
 
 
 
 — P I P > 
 
 
 © 1 
 
 H 1 1 1 
 
 ■P P * 
 
 
 
 K 0 
 
 
 “F 
 
 L| _| 
 

 
 m 
 
 
 _N_J_ 
 
 voi - ces tell the sto 
 
 -d- 
 
 0 - 
 
 And join-ing with the an-gel throng We’ll sing a - loud his glo - ry. 
 
 
 — p — ^-ii-tzipp — tznp — p— p^ — -fi — — Ep^-^f — pn 
 
56 
 
 Why Should I Fear? 
 
 M. S. 
 
 S. W. Straub. 
 
 
 I I 
 
 1. To stem the tide, the bil -P wy deep, Why should I ev - er fear, When He who hush’d the 
 
 2. Why should I fear the thrill-ing call,“ Come to the si - lent tomb,” When He who loves me 
 
 
 il 
 
 
 
 
 = 
 
 ! — 1 
 
 
 
 
 V 
 
 » * 1 
 
 # 
 
 A 
 
 -1 
 
 f* 
 
 
 
 f-- 
 
 
 
 F— 1 
 
 lje-e 
 
 bz= 
 
 ^ , 
 
 kr=i-=i=it 
 
 4 
 
 • 
 
 
 storm to sleep, Is near, is ver - y near? When walk-ing on the roll - ing wave Of 
 
 van-quish’d all, Death and his realms of gloom. 
 
 ^ pt p ?■— T- — ^ 
 
 3 ^- 
 
 x;._, 
 
 may not fear when he is near, My 
 
 E— -1 
 
 Chorus. 
 
 / will not Jear when he 
 
 
 is near, O 
 D. S. 
 
 -gsE-v- 
 
 
 
 
 
 per - ils ev - er nigh, Why should I doubt his pow’r to save. Who says, “Fear not, ’tis I?” 
 Sav - ior and my Friend ; O pre - cious are those words of cheer, “I’m witp you to the end.” 
 
 £= 
 
 
 
 0 0 0 — 0 0 . 
 
 E ^^E=E^ E 
 
 ■t± 
 
 I will nev - er fear — He calm'd the wave, Sub-dued the grave, O then why should I fear. 
 
Down Life’s River, 
 
 57 
 
 S . ^ V Ref^e^J>^ 
 
 # 0—0 #— 1^=^— #— 0—^—^—i=^0- ,-#— iJ 
 
 ■Miistzd—t. 
 
 -0—0—^0-i- 
 
 gen - tly floating a - long; 
 
 •With strains of sa - cred song, We’re gen - tly floating a - long. 
 ^-1-a z-5 !*— 
 
 
 V— L j -- ^ 
 
 gen 
 
 float-ing a - long, 
 
58 
 
 Animated. 
 
 Be on Tliy Guard! 
 
 S, W. Straub. 
 
 -0“i b~5 — 1 — 
 
 1 1 ' ■ 
 
 T' 
 
 ‘ 
 
 -1 n — i 
 
 
 
 n "1 ^ ^ — 
 
 
 
 
 
 0 j 
 
 0 
 
 
 1 1 « fl 
 
 ■fm^ V fi A 
 
 A A W m 
 
 
 
 0, 
 
 1 r 
 
 
 
 V I/ 4 2 
 
 # • r # 
 
 
 
 ^ ^ A 
 
 
 
 2 2 5 __ i _ ___ 
 
 1. My soul! be on thy guard! Ten thou - sand foes a - rise; The hosts of sin are 
 
 2, Oh, watch, and fight, and pray! The bat - tie ne’er give o’er; Re - new it bold - ly 
 
 T.. Ne’er think the vie - t’ry won, Nor once at ease sit down ; Thy ar - duous work will 
 
 -f- •#- ^ ^ -0- 
 
 c::vi_L_ A 1 
 
 P' U .U 1- - 
 
 
 .0 
 
 r T [ 
 
 _ 
 
 
 
 { ' 1 1 
 
 
 0 0 0 
 
 
 n • I* 
 
 t L L 
 
 1 
 
 
 • j* 
 
 r i* - 1 * ^ 
 
 
 1 r r 1 - 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 L.. , . ,L 
 
 
 V 1 
 
 U 1 
 
 
 L 
 
 0 0 't 
 
 9 \ 
 
 
 
 1 1 — [ .... ./ 
 
 
 i i 1 
 
 1 
 
 
 Chorus. 
 
 
 
 
 1 
 
 j 
 
 1 
 
 1 . 
 
 1/ — Pr ' 1 
 
 -4- -d # 
 
 
 
 1 
 
 
 
 
 ■ A 
 
 
 
 Jr 1 ^ M 
 
 J i^i 0 - 
 
 
 
 J 
 
 0 0 0 . A 
 
 
 1 4 
 
 1 ® 
 
 H 4 
 
 
 b M 2 r 'i* - 
 
 0 f U0 W 
 
 
 
 
 0 0 0 0 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Mi i ^ r 
 
 -L L ^ . 
 
 
 
 P r “P- n- 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 ^ r ' r \ 
 
 press - ing hard To draw thee from the skies. E 
 
 ev - ’ry day. And help di - vine im-plore. B 
 
 not be done Till thou ob - tain thy crown. B 
 
 ^ S: ^ f: H i 
 
 1 f r r 
 
 le on thy guard, be oi 
 
 e on thy guard, etc. 
 
 e on thy guard, etc. 
 
 t t: t: It t: , 
 
 m m m 
 
 1 ■ th 
 
 I 
 
 i f 
 
 y guard. Be 
 
 i i j 
 
 
 
 .\ 
 
 i 
 
 
 pr H h- K 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 7 * 1 i ■ > 1 r 
 
 
 
 i 
 
 
 u L _ Lz_ 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 It L r- \- p . h r 
 
 r I 
 
 K7- * 
 
 1 
 
 
 U 1 . 1 1 
 
 
 
 
 
 7 \2ZJZ T tiZZit [ 
 
 1 r r r r 
 
 1 ' 
 
 1- 
 
 
 1 
 
 
 i 
 
 
 
 1 
 
 y—ii- 
 
 
 
 on thy guard, My soul, Ne’er cease to “watch, and fight, and pray,” ’Till thou dost reach thy goal. 
 
 2 - 
 
 -0 # r^- 
 
 
 '0 L.’ 
 
 
 
 
Hear, 0 Hear! 
 
 59 
 
 Maria Straub. With spirit . 
 
 W. F. Werschkul. 
 
 
 a^=S:.,±J=J=^ 
 
 
 ~ii- 
 
 1. Slumb'ring soul a - wake to clu - ty, Hear’thy lov - ing Sav-ior say, Lest ye en - ter in temp- 
 
 2. Midst his plead-ing in the gar - den, Pray - er for sub-mis-sive pow’r. Hear him to his follow’rs 
 
 3. Je - sus bow’d in deep-est sor - row, Humbly sought to watch and pray; Be, O be his true dis- 
 
 — # #-?— #-r# P- ^ 
 
 
 Chorus. 
 
 N- 
 
 *-v- ^ i i — 
 
 9-h^ ^3 :-i<- 
 
 -e—0 
 
 133 ^ 
 
 tation. Watch and pray, O watch and pray. Hear, O hear the ad-mon- i -tion, Watch and pray, watch and 
 saying, “Why not watch with me one hour.” Hear, O hear, etc. 
 ciples. Watch and pray, e’er watch and pray. Hear, O hear, etc. 
 
 ^ r y Hear him say, 
 
 0 - 0-0 ^ 
 
 i*-P- 
 
 5-5- . . 
 
 hear him say 
 
 Watch and pray. 
 
60 
 
 Happy in God’s Sunlight! 
 
 M. E. Servoss. Chetrful. 
 
 lA ■ ' — 
 
 S. W, Straub, 
 
 
 
 
 ^ ® 
 
 Hap-py in 'God’s sun - light, Trust - ing in his shade, Bow-ing meek-ly ’neath the rod, 
 
 Faith-ful is the prom - ise Of a Fa - ther’s love; Ten-der-ly He leads me on 
 
 In the nar - row way. Towards the land of peace and joy, 
 
 Beau - ti - ful and bright. Waits my com-ing home to rest, 
 
 ^ p. p p . 0 0 0—^0 0 0— 
 
 3. Gen - tly doth He guide me 
 
 4. And a glo - rious man-sion, 
 
 .0 0 0 0 0- - 
 
 
 
 Chorus. 
 
 When on me it’s laid. 
 
 To my home a - bove. 
 
 Towards the end - less day. 
 
 In the land of light. 
 
 
 
 # 
 
 Thus I jour - ney, day by day. 
 
 Thus I jour - ney, etc. 
 
 Thus I jour - ney, etc. 
 
 Thus I jour - ney, etc. 
 
 — 0 — : — 0 0 0- 
 
 Know-ing who di- 
 
Glory, Hallelujah ! 
 
 61 
 
 A. C. Thomas. 
 
 
 Allegretto. 
 
 N-1- 
 
 Arr. by S. W. S. 
 
 
 — 0—0 #- 
 
 ner has un 
 
 
 
 1. O joy to earth ! the Prince of Peace His ban - ner has un - furl’d ; Let strife, and sin, and 
 
 Praise ye the Lord! for tryth and grace His word and life dis - play; Let ev - ’ry soul His 
 
 2. Peace on the earth, good will to men, Em-brace the gos - pel plan; Let that sweet strain be 
 
 Toy to the isles and lands a - far! Mes - si - ah reigns a - bove ; Let ev - ’ry eye be- 
 
 i ^ i ‘ 
 
 
 -A— 
 
 
 
 eye 
 
 
 -f.— #- 
 
 S — S— 1< — -V-#— ^ y 
 
 Chorus. 
 
 ^-h'- 
 
 -# 0^-Q—i 1 
 
 er - ror cease, And joy pervade the world ! 1 g; 'Hal-le-lu - jah ! Ho- 
 
 ove em-brace. And own its gen-tle sway. J 
 
 love 
 
 heard a - gain,Which an-gel tones be-gan. \ 
 hold the star, The star of light and love, j ‘ 
 
 san - na 
 
 to the King! Sing, 
 
 etc. 
 
 
 
 
 & 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Glo-ry Hal-le - lu - jah! Ho-san-na to the King! Sing,Glo-ry Hal-le lu - jah to the King of kings! 
 
 
 ip 
 
62 
 
 March Beneath the Temperance Banner 
 
 Rev. Elisha Hoffman, 
 
 S. W. Straub. 
 
 
 
 I=r5=: 
 
 J- i ^ 1 
 
 g— S-i — g^F g-.- 
 
 ^-0-^ 
 
 z:p=' 
 
 
 Chorus 
 
 V — &— 
 
 Fill the air with cheers of tri-umph 'I'ill they thrill the ver - y sky! March a-long! March a-long! 
 
 If we to our trust are faith-ful, God will give the vie - to-ry. March a-long! etc. 
 
 Join the ranks, O friends and brothers, Come and have your names enroll’d. March a-long! etc. 
 
 
 
 — U'- 
 
 — /tzzt 1 
 
 ■V — U ■ ^ — 
 
 r— # - J 0-0— ^ 
 
 
 Firm-ly, bravely march a-long; Fill the air with cheers of tri-umph. Till they thrill the ver - y sky! 
 
 
 T— • 
 
 v—»- 
 
 
 ; U— I- 
 
 
 
 V b'’ 
 
 V — ✓- — V — 1^ 
 
Morning Land ! 
 
 63 
 
 M. E. Servoss. • W, A, Ogden. 
 
 
 — 1 1 
 
 
 \~d — 1 
 
 
 ~1 — 
 
 1 1 
 
 1 — 
 
 
 JL 4 — ^ 
 
 1 1 
 
 ^ 1 
 
 
 1 9 1 
 
 
 
 
 ! 
 
 1 . ^ 1 
 
 a 1 ! 
 
 
 
 j 
 
 
 
 -S • 9 
 
 0 0i 4 
 
 1 J i 
 
 n 1 ] 
 
 ■J 
 
 J .« 
 
 
 
 4 
 
 J 2 ■ 
 
 # # # 2 #, 2 
 
 S> . 0 
 
 
 S 
 
 
 — 
 
 ^ • - - " • 
 
 1. O morn-ing land of 
 
 2. O morn-ing land of 
 
 3. 0 morn-ing land of 
 
 4. 0 morn-ing land of 
 
 • -J- -r 
 
 sun-shine, O sum-mer land of bloom. The light that floods thee, day by day, Flas 
 sun-shine. Our fu-ture home of love; E - ter -nal joys are laid in suore For 
 sun-shine, O land that knows no sin. Our Mas-ter’s wait-ing on the shore For 
 sunshine, Where naught but joy can come; Soon we shall find e - ler- nal rest. And 
 
 •P' -P- • -f- -9- -P- !!f! 
 
 
 T r 
 
 
 9 
 
 LA LA LA 
 
 1.^ • La 
 
 r r t 
 
 9 
 
 9 • 
 
 
 F 
 
 
 r r f 
 
 
 
 L L 
 
 W w w W 
 
 1111 
 
 w 
 
 1 1 . L 
 
 r 
 
 1 
 
 I 
 
 
 
 F F ^ 
 
 » |i 
 
 9 
 
 p5 i« |« 
 
 U 1 - 
 
 i 1 
 
 r ■ r ? 
 
 9 
 
 ! 
 
 I 
 
 
 4 p 
 
 P r r 
 
 
 
 
 -L r L L 
 
 [ 
 
 
 
 L# — 0 
 
 ' — 0 
 
 J 1 
 
 Chorus. 
 
 II - 0 -* 
 
 reach’d us here, and lights the way To joy beyond the tomb, To joy beyond the tomb. O morning land, bright 
 us, when this brief life is o’er. In thee, our home above, In thee, our home a-bove. O morning, etc. 
 those whom sin can claim no more. To gently lead them in. To gen - tly lead them in. O morning, etc. 
 be, in thee, for - ev-er blest. Our bright, our happy home. Our bright, our happy home. O morning, etc. 
 
 u 
 
 :^=?t 
 
 
 :eee 
 
 
 
 
 
 o--- 
 
 5-P- 
 
 
 ^ — of~'^ 
 
 =r=r: 
 
 
 morning land. From care and trouble free. When this life’s duties are all done. We’ll haste with joy to thee. 
 
 m 
 
 i 
 
 
 ibzzt 
 
64 
 
 Heayen is Mine 
 
 J. R. Dodgb. 
 
 
 
 -0 J— LllI 
 
 -#■ «%- 
 
 -4 
 
 
 -0 0 af- 
 
 
 r. Je - sus has promis’d a home bright and fair, Sor - rows, he told us shall ne’er en - ter there, 
 
 2. Af - ter I leave him andwan-der a-way. Still does he fol - low wher - ev - er I stray, 
 
 3. Oh, when I en - ter that man-sion so bright, Sing-ing to Je - sus with an - gels of light, 
 
 ♦ ^ I h I N Si 
 
 o 
 
 "'i V 
 
 
 
 
 
 0 0 — 0 — 
 
 
 
 
 
 And that we there with the an-gels shall shine, Je - sus has promis’d, and heav-en is mine. 
 
 And takes me back to him, lov-ing and kind, Je - sus has promis’d, and heav-en is mine. 
 
 Therewith the an-gels for - ev-er I’ll shine, Je - sus has promis’d, and heav-en is mine. 
 
 ^ - 0 - - 0 - • - 0 - - 0 ‘ 
 
 J — 
 
 
 
 
 
 Chorus. 
 
 J — 1^ — 
 
 P 
 
 •w- - 
 
 Si 
 
 Je - sus has prom - is’d, heav - en is mine, heav - 
 
 
 is mine. 
 
 I 
 
 ~0 
 
 heav - en 
 
 N I 
 
 =1= 
 
 
 is r 
 
 i 
 

 Heayen is Mine.— Concluded. 
 
 65 
 
 S N 
 
 
 Coda. 
 
 Je - sus has promis’d, heav-en 
 
 
 
 
 
 rit. 
 
 -1 
 
 
 is mine, heav-en shall be my home, 
 
 fcc: 
 
 
 
 I 
 
 heav - en shall be mine. 
 
 I 
 
 M 
 
 
 
 i=t 
 
 Ouardian Care. 
 
 Guide; 
 
 4=i: 
 
 
 
 
 1. The Lord is our Shepherd, our Guardian, and Guide; Whatever we want he will kind - ly pro - vide; 
 
 2. The Lord is our Shepherd; what, then, shall we fear ? Shall dangers affright-en us when he is near? 
 
 3. A-fraid of our-selves, to pur-sue the dark way. Thy rod and thy staff be our com-fort and stay: 
 
 J_t- ^ 
 
 
 
 & 0 - 
 
 
 Spin 
 
 
 His care and pro-tec-tion his flock will surround; To them will his mercies for - ev - er a - bound. 
 Oh, no, when he calls us we’ll walk thro’ the vale, The shadow of death, but our hearts shall not fail. 
 We know by thy guidance when once it is past, To life and to glo - ry it brings us at last. 
 
 ai£ 
 
 
 P 
 
We May Do Good 
 
 J. R. Dodob. 
 
 66 
 
 rMs 
 
 
 ?n — 
 
 
 
 
 -h 
 
 
 j 
 
 
 
 K VI 
 
 
 
 
 } i ! SI 
 
 ff'l A 1 
 
 
 
 
 J 1 K^i 
 
 “l F 
 
 -■ 1 
 
 
 
 ! ^ • ’if 
 
 V. p m • d d. 
 
 4 
 
 
 
 d J . 
 
 
 
 L 1 d 
 
 _ i .1 1 1 _ 
 
 -.1 
 
 I. W( 
 1 2. W. 
 
 3- W< 
 
 1 
 
 I- Tp- 
 
 e all may do good 
 e all may do gooc 
 5 all may do good 
 
 ! ! !^ fe 
 
 I- 
 
 Where we of-ten do ill, There is al-ways a way. If we 
 [, In a thousand small ways, In for-bear-ing to hate. And in ] 
 [, Whether low - ly or great. For the deed is not guag’d By the 
 
 ! h fe ! ^ M ^ fi 
 
 d 9 • 9 9 
 
 have but the will; 
 l^ielding due praise, 
 purse or es - tate ; 
 
 rvIN — 4 
 
 
 
 
 • 
 
 
 I ‘^1 
 
 
 t • p 
 
 * 
 
 
 d 
 
 d * • 
 
 
 
 
 - 1 
 
 
 
 
 - 1 
 
 _i J _ ( i 1 
 
 
 n 
 
 
 
 
 - g y • s s 
 
 
 
 1 1 
 
 1 
 
 
 
 
 p p • p p 'i 
 
 » • w 
 
 1 
 
 
 
 1 1 
 
 jpl *"*9“"*” * 
 
 # _ 
 
 
 '-p — # 
 
 
 ' — # — ^ 
 
 
 lJ ijf \ L. 
 
 r— S- 
 
 L-# — « 
 
 
 
 1 d-r-j- 
 
 — bH-g=£=> 
 
 )/ V \ "ift^ - - I - - m ^ - m m w-w — ^ ^ ^ 
 
 Tho’ it be but a word Kindly breath’d or express’d, It may guard off some pain, Or give peace to some breast. 
 Kind-ly spurning ill-will, And reproving wrong done, Always treating with love, Ev’ry heart we have won. 
 
 If it be but a cup Of cold wa-ter that’s giv’n, Like the widow’s two mites, It is something for heav’n. 
 
 
 
 
 -#-r^ 
 
 
 pp: 
 
 
 m 
 

 P I i/ ^ 
 
 We all may do good, Wher 
 
 1. Gra - clous God, our 
 
 As in hum - ble 
 
 D. c. May thy love, our 
 
 2. Weak, im - per - feet 
 
 Let thy spir - it. 
 
 0. c. In thy fa 
 
 Ev - 'rj joy 
 Hum - ble, pen 
 
 & 
 
 
✓ 
 
 ways cheer me, While I 
 • - ly hast’ning When an 
 g, Nev - er’ 
 
 day near - er home, 
 day near - er home, 
 1 my hap - py home. 
 
Nearer Home — Concluded. 69 
 
 
 
 ^3E 
 
 
 1 r 1^ 
 
 
 :t=- 
 
 
 
 l; ■! 
 
 ^ ‘tfi 
 
 Nearer 
 
 home, nearer h 
 
 ome, home 
 
 sweet home; Ev’ryday 
 
 that hath its en 
 
 Fs'-t-^T 
 
 r 
 
 dim 
 
 iL.: 
 
 
 pp-S- 
 
 L 
 
 rings u 
 
 p. 
 
 s one day i 
 
 fr^ 
 
 learer 
 
 0 - 0 - 
 
 tntr 
 
 home. 
 
 
 •h y-i 
 
 fear-erhome. 
 
 — 
 Qcar-er home 
 
 
 
 
 ! 1 
 
 
 » — 
 
 1^ 
 
 Fif-ti 
 
 ^c- 
 
 ct^i=:U 
 
 i 
 
 
 ffizrrj 
 
 
 
 And crown him Lord of 
 And crown him Lord of 
 And crown him Lord of 
 
 all, 
 
 all, 
 
 all. 
 
 Bring forth the roy - al di - a-dem. 
 To him all maj - es - ty ascribe. 
 We’ll join the ev - er - last-ing song, 
 
 ^ f- 
 
 :fe=g=:' 
 
 
 3t=rM: 
 
 ! 1 - p • - 
 
 And crown him Lord of all. 
 
 And crown him Lord of all. 
 
 And crown him Lord of all. 
 
 
70 
 
 Second Great Commandment! 
 
 s. w. s. 
 
 -&TTTJ— f- 
 
 H -P , 
 
 -^1 z^- p — N 
 
 1 _.|N . . 
 
 -i h 
 
 
 ^ ^ J 
 
 
 1 1 
 
 
 
 
 V ~~4 ij ■ ~4 ■ 
 
 
 ■■<•!' ■ ■■ ■ «■ ^ d — - 
 
 I'-l; o # 0 9 0 
 
 0 . .0 0 
 
 0 9 0 0 ■ 
 
 .0 0 • 
 
 0 0. 0 4^ 
 
 wr 
 
 1. Love each oth - er, f 
 
 2 . Let the love enth 
 
 ree - ly share C 
 ron’d with-in, F 
 
 ^ ^ — :f4_^ 
 
 )ne an -oth - er’s 
 
 ree - ly flow from 1 
 
 ■0- -0- -0- -0- 
 
 1 
 
 joy and pain; 
 leart to heart; 
 
 rf f“ #-! 
 
 Be each oth - er’s 
 
 It will ban - ish 
 
 pf: fr t— f 
 
 T r ^ 
 
 -» 0 
 
 -0 0 0 0 
 
 -1 
 
 0 0 0 
 
 -* r — r * — 
 
 1 : L 1 . 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 ro 1 U r U 
 
 t u L:-.:.'.'. 
 
 X' U. r tcz 
 
 
 
 ±~ ± b d 
 
 t 
 
 i 
 
 
 
 -# — #- 
 
 5 :H: 
 
 ten-der care, With no tho’t of earth-ly gain. Love each oth - er, hum - ble self, All the law of 
 ev - ’ry sin, And the bliss of heav’n impart. Give the heart, who gives the hand. Ne’er confine thy 
 
 
 
 
 
 EE 
 
 i 
 
 :pzip— :^zzi 
 
 I 
 
 
 
 i 
 
 
 It: 
 
 
 — P — I ■ :^-H— ^ 
 
 i ^ • 
 
 it is thy Fa - ther’s will, 
 thy neigh - bor as thy - self.” 
 
 I 
 
 
 
 love ful - fill; 
 love to self; 
 
 J ! 
 
 P— 4" 
 
 “Love thy neighbor as . thy - self,” Hark, 
 Heed the sec - ond great com-mand, “Love 
 
 
 i 
 
71 
 
 Second Great Commandiiient ! — Concj.uded. 
 
 P Chorus. ^ V 
 
 ■' — - i 
 
 
 i K- 
 
 
 
 J i 
 
 
 — -1' ii.i|Jlh-"— • 
 
 J 
 
 - 1 
 
 
 
 
 ._L "w m ^ 
 
 
 
 
 m m m » 
 
 
 0 0 0 _ . 
 
 2 i 
 
 ^ • — « 
 
 A • 1 
 
 ^ ♦?. \ u 1 ‘ 1 i' i ’ 
 
 All the law of love ful - fill, “Love thy neigh - bor as thy - self,’ 
 
 All the law Love thy neigh - bor 
 
 -0-0- ^ •0-':'’* 
 
 r- 0^^ 
 
 ► , 
 
 /^0 fi • 
 
 La La La La ia Ia . 
 
 
 
 
 
 ^.i It . tA . 
 
 f f r r r 
 
 ^ • a • 
 
 f ‘ f II 
 
 P 
 
 -! r 
 
 
 
 1 ! 1 L. 1 j L_ i_i 
 
 J L \ 
 
 
 J , 
 
 5.1 
 
 
 P^. 
 
 d ^ t y r It 
 
 1 1 
 
 J y L ^ L 
 
 
 ^ — f 
 
 
 ^ 1j I *1 
 
 3|— • 
 
 :d=izt:z^: 
 
 
 i I 
 
 ’Tis the sec - ond Great Com-mand — “Love thy neigh - bor 
 
 'Tis the s#c - ond • - Love thy neigh - bor 
 
 :~=ii — 
 
 as thy - self.” 
 
 
 rt- 
 
 
 -0 0 - 
 
 
 Mornington. 
 
 MoKNINGI'ON. 
 
72 
 
 Blessed Redeemer! 
 
 E. R. Latta. 
 
 S. H. Blakesleb. 
 
 
 
 ^ — 
 
 1. When the dis-ci-ples of Je - sus Turn from the Mas-ter a - way, They shall be sure - ly .de- 
 
 2. But if they fol-low in close-ly, Paths which they clearly can see. They shall be bless-ed for- 
 
 
 Q— H — -H — ~ — b— b — b — ^ — • • « « •- 
 
 & 
 
 
 —fs- 
 
 — 
 
 — 
 
 =p=^ 
 
 — 
 
 — 0 — 
 
 
 
 —IS ^ s- 
 
 -->* ^ — K- 
 
 
 
 -0- • -0- : 
 
 4 
 
 —0— 
 
 -#■ 
 
 
 -#• 
 
 0 m ^ 
 
 
 -fik 
 
 
 
 
 feat - ed. And to the 
 ev - er, Hap-py they 
 
 PS 
 
 spo4i-er 
 ev - er 
 
 a 
 
 shall 
 
 prey. 
 
 be. 
 
 Then keep us, O 
 Then keep us, etc. 
 ^ — - , N 
 
 bless-ed Re ■ 
 
 - deem 
 
 - er. 
 
 
 -0 — 
 
 —0— 
 
 — *— 
 
 ~t k~ 
 
 — 0 — 
 
 
 : p 
 
 ?. 
 
 
 :p=ip_ 
 
 f_P (I— 
 
 *2 .A ^ 
 
 • — 
 
 1 1 
 
 Lt^ 
 
 -U- 
 
 
 ^ — b/- 
 
 
 ^0--,-0- 
 
 0 — 
 
 — *"“b 
 
 
 _ie_± 
 
 
 -P— P — P~ 
 
 ✓ ■ 
 
 Then keep 
 
 us. 
 
 blessed Re-deem - er. 
 
 ^ ^ -#■ / ✓ 1/ ' 
 
 Thou, our de-liv-er - er be, Keep us, O blessed Re-deem - er, Lest we should Avander from thee. 
 
 0 I — r-^—^ — 1^ — ^riyiZvixt: ^__x 0—0 — “ 
 
 de - liv-er-er be 
 
 — #-v - 
 Thou 
 
 our 
 
Sabbath Riest. 73 
 
 .Maria Straub. ' S. W. S. 
 
 1 ^ ^ ^ I - 1 ^ . 
 
 
 
 — 1- 
 
 
 1 
 
 
 
 1. Oh,wel 
 
 2. Oh,wel 
 
 3. OK,wel 
 
 ^:r|74-,»- 
 
 Icome, welcome 
 Icome, welcome 
 Icome, welcome 
 
 • • • 
 
 Sabbath day, Swee 
 Sabbath day. We 1 
 Sabbath day, Agair 
 
 rJ — ^ 
 
 r' i 
 
 :» 
 
 t day of rest, glad 
 janish now all toi 
 lourlongingheart 
 
 -■f' ?■. f: 
 
 -9 — » — » — 
 
 Ej 
 
 day of rest; Rest 
 Is and cares; We’] 
 sarebless’d;Tole 
 
 • ^ ^ 
 
 t~ TT- 
 
 wea-ry one a-1 
 11 lift our souls tc 
 arnofheav’nand 
 
 r# -A — i n 
 
 i{_« 
 
 ong life’s way, 
 
 » high-er joys, 
 heav’nly things; 
 
 
 t-z£S 
 
 tb=M^zJ 
 
 ■f— 1-— h- 
 
 t 
 
 ' 1 ' 1 
 
 -f— F— 
 1 1 
 
 -E— 1 — #— 
 
 Chorus. 
 
 t=z.^=£i—t==i==3=^3^t=:S=t=S= 
 
 3 
 
 
 
 §3i3 
 
 O soothe thy wea -ry, troubled breast. Rest, wea - ry one in thy jour-ney of life, Dawn in thy breast, 
 And find re -pose in pray’r and praise. Rest, wea - ry one, etc. 
 
 Is ho - ly rest, sweet Sabbath r^t. Rest, wea - ry one, etc. 
 
 =^B=^ 
 
 
 
 
 — ft 
 
 
 ✓ 1/ 
 
 
 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 Xzi: 
 
 I 
 
 heav-en-ly rest; Rest from all toil-ing and turmoil and strife, Soothe the sad breast, sweet Sabbath rest. 
 
 ^^e?-£Ee=E; 
 
 
 
 st 
 
 
 1 
 
 T 
 
74 
 
 Onward 
 
 Mary A. Straub. March movement. 
 
 -- N 
 
 
 
 s 
 
 . w. s. 
 
 ™ it 'i ^ #— 
 
 1. On-ward! ev-er on-ward is the b 
 
 2. Do not halt or munnur, tho’ the w 
 
 3. On-ward ! ev-er onward, would you 
 
 ^ of- m :f- f- • • -0- 
 
 rzizgnf jizg— 1 
 
 •at - tie march of life! 
 ay seem dark and long, P 
 gain a glorious day, 
 
 On- ward, be a he - ro in the i 
 *ut your trust in God, and trav-el 
 Do not i - dly loi - ter by the 
 
 strife I 
 on, 
 way. 
 
 -4 — — ]/ ^ — ]/ ^ — </ / — 
 
 
 
 -V ^ b* — — b— y— 
 
 
 
 
 A 
 
 A. 
 
 ! 
 
 1 
 
 ^ 
 
 i. V N i A • — N 
 
 
 El - e-vate your banner, with the i 
 For it is not al-ways dark — no 1 
 Step by step ad-vanc-ing, to your C 
 
 b:|=!E3^533EEr_J'^ 
 
 not-to “Truth and right,” ' 
 light without a day, I 
 aptain’s great command, Fo 
 
 Wave it in the glorious noon, and 
 ios - es bud and bloom be side the 
 rward press, you’ll reach the promis 
 
 « f. . f. 4L , 
 
 — -t: r— J- 
 
 -S^v — ^ — 
 
 night ! 
 way. 
 ed land. 
 
 ^ ^ — •> 
 
 — y y-V ^ 
 
 ^ "tr— ^h- 
 
 ->0 # 0 # 0— *-—0 0—f—0 L 
 
 -y — ^y — y — 
 
 1 
 
 Chorus. 
 
 
 ^ 1 1 f^L_ 
 
 • • J— 
 
 El— r- :., g~l 
 
 
 r— 1 
 
 i 1 
 
 0 — , 
 
 
 ^ ^ ^ 5— 
 
 1 ^ On - ward, on - ward. 
 
 » js» 1 
 
 1 i 1 
 
 ev - er on ! ’ 
 
 Tis the ^-^glo - rious 
 
 fe£=f‘ fe 
 
 bij — 
 
 Bat - tie ciy ! 
 
 ^ # (5 
 
 :»zzz-g— g-^^-d 
 y y ^ 
 
 El - e - vate your 
 
 =f 
 
 r V 0 -^ 0 — 
 
 « 1 U 
 
 ^=f—\ ... 1, 
 
 
 1 9 
 
 -• 0 — i© 
 
 t- H 
 
 5 — li-4; — 
 
Onward — Concluded. 75 
 
 
 =^— J-:?— zs=d: 
 
 K IK ^ ^ !K-r 
 
 1^ ^ n j Ji # • . 
 
 T— r-fi 
 
 
 * V" 
 
 
 
 
 ban - ner, with the mot - to, “Truth and Right,” Keep it proud - ly float - ing in the sky. 
 
 t: jL. ^ 
 
 
 
 £ : — r f^rzt 1 — i- t-:: 
 
 • M M • ■ M ? M M — M - 
 
 f -fl 
 
 2?i5 -Ttf TTZjp 
 
 
 N-i^ 
 
 ^ ^ 1?' ^ ^ 
 
 
 Save Me, Lord. 
 
 Save Me, Lord. 
 
 S. W. S. 
 
76 
 
 Daughter of Zion, Awake! 
 
 S. W. Straub. 
 
 1. Daugh-ter of Zi - 
 
 2. Strong were thy foes, 
 
 ______ • orKAUB. 
 
 awake from thy sad-ness; Awake, for thy foes shall oppress thee no more- 
 thy foes, but the arm^ that subdued them. And scatter’d their legions, was might-i - er far: ’ 
 
 U f. w V f suDQuea tnem. And scatter'd their legions, was might-i - er far- 
 
 p 3. Daugh-ter of Zi - on, the pow’r that hath sav’d thee Extoll’d with the harp and the timbrel should be; 
 
 1 — 1~ [- — b'- 
 
 PliWigiiS 
 
 
 — h 
 
 -g-A-J-.J 
 
 
 ip 
 
 — 0- — tff- 
 
 J 
 
 1 
 
 — — p { K 
 
 
 Bright o’er thy 
 They fled like the < 
 Shout, for the 
 
 1 i S 
 
 ** ^ 
 
 hills dawns the 
 :haff from the sc 
 
 foe is destr( 
 
 1 J 
 
 -#—• 0 0 -\ 
 
 F-- ? ? 
 
 7 '! 
 
 day-star of 
 :ourge that pi 
 oy’d that ens 
 
 ^ h b- 
 
 glad - ness; A- 
 -irsu’dthem; Va 
 ilav’d thee; Th’o 
 
 b 
 
 rise, for the n 
 in were their st 
 ip-press-or is v; 
 
 ^ ^ 
 
 :L. h7- 
 
 ^0--—0 0- 
 
 ight of thy : 
 eeds and theij 
 anguish’d anc 
 
 7-f: ± 
 
 k=r=F-F 
 
 1 
 
 5or - row is 
 r char-iots of 
 1 Zi-on is 
 
 o’er. 
 
 war. 
 
 free. 
 
 -0---0 FI 
 
 
 i !- y-l 
 
 
 £c___L ■ b 1 
 
 I i ✓ 
 
 
 — p:f 
 
 1 1 b 
 
 
 Chorus. 
 
 fi 1^ 
 
 . — . i 
 
 - 0 - i —0 0 ~ 
 
 — 0.. 
 
 r 
 
 1 ^ 
 
 J M— 
 
 E^rz=5=F 
 
 =iPii=iP 
 
 }?■-' ' ?- 
 
 s 
 
 p^i . ^ — S: 
 
 -1'-— -i 
 
 ^ — 1^— 
 A - 
 
 rise, a ■ 
 
 
 
 - rise! 0 
 
 f: 
 
 — 0 -% — 0 - 
 daugh-ter of 
 
 * r’* 
 
 -0~- »—•—»- 
 
 Zi - on; A-: 
 
 ■F — -(•- -0- 
 
 zt---g=jgz 
 rise, for thy 
 
 n ! \ j 
 
 I 
 
 \- 0-‘—0 — 0 - 
 
 i 
 
 foes shall opj 
 ?Z| 
 
 aress thee no 
 
 mor e; 
 
 pF— p-q 
 
 
 
 
 i [- 
 
 
 =F — i — 
 
 
 
 =L 1 
 
 
Daughter of Zion, Awake — Conci^uded. 
 
 77 
 
 While We Work for Jesus. 
 
 7cyMly- 
 
 t=f=i=Z3t=g=l'=S- 
 
 a|— 
 
 C. R. Leftwich. 
 
 N-r— N r 
 
 D.C, 7. Al/ a-round is bright a 7 id fair. While we work for fe - sus, 
 
 2. Ev - ’ry face with pleasure beams. While we work for Je - sus, 
 
 3. Near-er seem the realms a -bove. While w'e work for Je - sus, 
 
 4. Let us raise a grate - ful voice, While we work for Je - sus, 
 
 # ^ ^ •- ^ ^ ^ ^ 
 
 
 — h 
 
 
 foy and peace are ev - '‘ry -where, 
 Ev - ry heart with rapture teems, 
 Dear-er seems the Sav-ior’s love, 
 And with ear-nest hearts re - joice, 
 -m ^ — ft ft—m m 
 
 
 JK Fine. Chor uS 
 
 
 
 While we work for Je-sus. Come, O come, this cheerful happy day. Come O come to Sabbath school away. 
 
 While we work for Je-sus, Come, O come, etc. 
 
 While we work for Je-sus. Come, O come, etc. 
 
 While we workjor Je-sus. Come, O come, etc. * 
 
78 We Come to Thee. 
 
 Arr. by M. S. (>*o. W. Chasb. 
 
 
 1 
 
 — n— 1 — ^ sn 
 
 
 ^ -psfa 
 
 
 ^ B 
 
 :sS-i-S 
 
 
 — jL-5: 3! -! — 
 
 ^ ^ m Kh, 
 
 1. We c 
 
 2 . We c 
 
 M 
 
 Lrf ^ i J 5— 
 
 ;ome to thee in the 
 :ome to thee in the 
 
 ^ 0 1* PP 
 
 # ^ il r ^ 
 
 morn of life, While the world seems all fresh and new; While 
 sweet Spring-time, In the glad, hap-py sea - son of life; Im- 
 
 « m m m • m c m m c ^ . m 
 
 • 1 A ; 
 
 pp — ^ ■ ' r P r 
 
 
 _L 
 
 j t- m 2 -«-• 1- 
 
 bT*" 
 
 -] 1 ^ "1 r~ 
 
 Iji ^ 1* (i • 
 
 -1 
 
 L m E ' ' 1 
 
 
 
 1 1 1 \ y> - 
 
 -• T- 1 r « 
 
 
 ^ ^ ■-# »- 
 
 h r ' b b 
 
 _[i t: — .i 1p - 
 
 tf — — 1 ? — d 
 
 
 life is fair and we have no care, We will seek thee, our Sav- ior true; We’ll seek thee, Lord, while 
 press thy im - age up - on the heart, Fit us for the great world of strife; The hopes and joys now 
 
 
 
 
 
 I u - 
 
 1 
 
 
 P!_J .N 
 
 J ^ ! ! 1 
 
 
 1^ 
 
 F-r-b- ^ 
 
 
 
 ■ t i 1 f ^ 
 
 __rz B i 
 
 
 
 
 ^ 9 ^ * ■ Tj 
 
 
 ^ B B J B • 
 
 ^ ^ - 
 
 B -i 
 
 ■ -1^ --h 
 
 
 ? 1 
 
 U" 
 
 J - .J 4 . ^ . 
 
 ^ I 
 
 
 5 J r 
 
 tf! 5 J 5 * - m 
 
 
 Qi 
 
 1 B k« « - 
 
 ^ • B 
 
 B > 4 
 
 1 B M 
 
 2B2 B ^ B» 5 
 
 ^ ; Tl '1 a mm-m- 
 
 thou art near. While faith is pure and free; No doubt or fear may dark-en the way For we 
 
 budding bright, May bloom for'heav’n a-bove; Oh, quick - en us with the heav-en-ly light, Dear-est 
 
 b/j*-. .. « « m '■ m ^ . « • « • m B _# .m B B B ‘—B 
 
 t 
 
 X. r 
 
 m r r 1 
 
 rr 
 
 r n 
 
 ra * S 
 
 
 
 
 
 -s b-j — b-H 
 
 U 
 
 1 
 
 h r 
 
 - . ! L 
 
 f ‘-t- 'i- ' " 
 
 _jB. B jS B |B • p - 
 
 ^ W i 
 
 1 P 1 
 
 1 
 
 * * 1* 1* 
 
 i- 
 
 
 
 
 Mr- 
 
 
 4 
 
 ^ r 1 — ^ 
 
 1 r 
 
 H ^ " 
 
 —5-5- 
 
 Ll 'yi 1/ 15 
 
We Come to Thee — Concluded. 
 
 79 
 
 n I V N I • Chorus. ! ^ 
 
 9 O • 0 
 
 
 
 tit 
 
 4F-5 
 
 
 trust - ing-ly come to thee. 
 Sav - ior, grant us thy love. 
 
 We come, we come, 
 We come, etc. 
 
 f ■ 
 
 we come 
 
 
 to thee, 
 
 Precious 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 9 — 9 — 9 — 9 - 
 
 
 4t_P 
 
 — i-r — r — ^ r 1 
 
 #SE==z~| 
 
 — J_| 1 ^ 1 
 
 1 I ✓ 
 
 We come to thee, we come to thee, we come to thee, we come to thee. 
 
 
 
 
 :tti 
 
 
 
 -N— N- 
 
 
 Sav -^ior, we come to Thee, Precious Sav - ior, we come to Thee, 
 ' ■ 
 
 Thee. 
 
 m 
 
 ie 
 
 
 -y— V 
 
 m. 
 
 
 — , 
 -» — 1 
 
 
 m 
 
 Sav-ior, we come to 
 
 ’ I** 
 
 
 tm 
 
 Heavenly Home. 
 
 -, N.-I 
 
 r'r''- '* 
 
 1. Oh, sing to me ofheav’n, When I am call’d to die. Sing songs of ho - ly ec - st.a - sy. To waft my soul on high. 
 
 2. When the last moments come, Oh, watch my dy-ing face. To catch the bright ser-aph-ic gleam Which o’ei my features plays. 
 
 3. Then to my rap-tured ear. Let one sweet song be giv*n ; Let mu - sic charm me last-on earth. And greet me first ir heav'n 
 
 4. Then close my sightless eyes. And lay me down to rest, And fold my pale and i - cy hands Up - on my life lesa breast 
 
 5. Then round my senseless clay As - sem-ble those I love. And sing of heav’n, de-light-fuT 
 
 heav’n. My glorious home a - bove. 
 
 
 
 
 EE 
 
 
 
 i 
 
 Cho. Thar^ ll be no so^r-nrtv there, Therei’ll be no sor-ro 7 u there. In heazin a~bove, where all is love, There'll be no sor-row there. 
 
80 
 
 Work in My Tineyard, 
 
 kfARiA Strata. 
 
 Duet. 
 
 J. F, Taylor. 
 
 
 
 y. 
 
 -« i 
 
 ✓ ✓ 
 
 bg— 
 
 -«■ — I- 
 
 
 
 
 fa 
 
 li ♦ ^ I 
 
 _ -e- • . 
 
 1. Why, O why stand ye here i - die? Hear the Master, hear him say, Go and work ye in my vineyard. Be not 
 
 2. Why, O why stand ye here i - die? There is work for you to do, O be-hold the lab’rers go-ing; There is 
 
 3. Why, O why stand ye here i-dle? Now the blessed work be-gin. Help to vanquish the de-stroy-er. Cut them 
 
 -1 ] 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 ^ -0- 
 
 
 -< 9 - 
 
 75I- 
 
 •9 y 
 
 I 
 
 N N 
 
 
 
 
 /-bf- 
 
 'bM- 
 
 irs 
 
 
 ✓ 1/ 
 
 r — 
 
 -m — 
 
 i - die all the day ; Hear him say - ing, sweetly saying. Yours shall be the sure re - ward, Go and 
 al - so work for you ; All the lit - tie ones, the children, Are the branch-es of the vine; Cher-ish 
 down, the weeds of sin ! Per-se-vere and la - bor ev - er, Ev - er keep in du-ty’s line. And you’ll 
 
 
 ip: 
 
 Tx:;©- 
 
 
Work in My Yineyard — Concluded. 
 
 Chorus. 
 
 81 
 
 
 
 '1 ! 
 
 rf— f ^ 
 
 — I 
 
 M — n 
 
 L . 3 A #_• J 0 m 
 
 0 0 0 P * m 
 
 I J \ m m 0 
 
 
 J 0 0 ^ _ 
 
 
 H vr # ^ ^ 
 
 r 1 1 r n 
 
 0 0 0 Y f " 
 
 L L ^ 
 
 ^ * I ^ r 
 
 
 i ' ‘ 11 
 
 1 b V 
 
 r' 
 
 
 L_i L 
 
 
 be, si- 
 
 lall be the 
 r-j — 
 
 great reward. Go and 
 
 1 r' 
 
 work ye,worlc ye in my 
 
 vineyard. In the vi 
 
 neyard of your Lord. 
 
 
 — m — 
 
 — ^ N 
 
 
 
 
 : 
 
 
 
 ^ . 2 
 
 
 0 ~ ^ m • 0 
 
 0 • j 
 
 : : 
 
 ■ ^ * I \j -ih \j '' ^ ^ . 
 
 j be the great re-ward, Go and work ye in my vine - yard, In the vineyard of your Lord. 
 
 1 - _ m. _ 
 
 Blr-?-:- 
 
 
 _| 1 _| 0 • 0 
 
 0 0 0 ■ I* 
 
 
 A * lb ‘ ^ 1 1^ * II 
 
 r__ 
 
 
 I r r i J ' 
 
 f — I t f 
 
 1 P J ! 1 1 
 
 5 L 
 
 ^ ^ IJ H 
 
 
 r t t t 
 
 \ 0 ^1 II 
 
 I—, ^..r 1- 
 
 z. 
 
 x L V. 
 
 J L I 
 
 1 0 1 r JJ 
 
82 
 
 Precious Bible 
 
 S. W. S. 
 
 M. S. 
 
 Not too fast. 
 
 V 1 *> 
 
 
 
 -N 
 
 -N - 
 
 
 ■>, r 
 
 
 ^ K 
 
 
 r** j 
 
 
 j m 1 
 
 
 
 ■ i 1 
 
 p r J 
 
 n P J n ■■- 
 
 
 
 4 
 
 E w *! 
 
 
 
 S L 
 
 } if M N 
 
 1 ^ W\ ^ 
 
 ir -p 
 
 ~S ^ ^ 
 
 w 
 
 j r ■ 
 
 S 1 
 
 f S L 
 
 0 0 r 
 
 « • # 2 — 
 
 ^ :jr- ' 
 
 1. O pre-cious Bi - ble ho - I3 
 
 2. 0 bless - ed book of prom-ii 
 
 3. Ye souls, by Ho - ly Spir - i 
 
 _ ^ - 0 - -i 
 
 y " '' L - 0 - 
 
 y y 
 
 /Word! Its pre-cepts pure who has not heard? It is a lamp to 
 
 5 - es. Our hope and com-fort in dis-tress! No les - son gives the ' 
 t stir’d, Un - fold its beau-ties to the -world; O pre-cious Bi-ble, 
 
 ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ - ^ ^ ^ 
 
 
 
 
 » .1^ 
 
 
 L 
 
 
 
 1 r- 1 — 
 
 w ^ , . 
 
 IP 1 
 
 r IP P 
 
 
 L 
 
 
 \ r T ^ 
 
 r * r r 
 
 135 ^ Vt fA ; , 
 
 ■ . 1 ■ ; 1 ! 1 
 
 Li 1 
 
 
 » ^'1 
 
 t. ^ 
 
 t ft 
 
 
 
 1 y it u 
 
 y y y y 
 
 ^ C 
 
 j 
 
 -H h 
 
 
 
 
 
 ✓ ✓ ✓ Vi/ 
 
 )— i — o — f 1—\-^ ^ — id — i<= F* wh 
 
 Chorus. 
 
 K-- 
 
 tv — — K~d^~ 
 
 *fi 
 
 ^ ^ ^ 
 
 those who stray, To guide them in the per - feet way. ’Tis a lamp un - to 
 migh - ty sage, As glows up - on the sa-cred page! ’Tis a lamp, etc. 
 book di vine. Thy glo-ries shall for - ev - er shine! ’Tis a lamp, etc. 
 
 our feet. 
 
 And a 
 
 
 
 k ✓ 
 
 'Tis a lamp. 
 
 
 I 
 
 
 
 EEt 
 
 light un - to our way, 
 
 ^ ^ i/ 
 
 To guide, us to the land of day. Fair land, bright land of day. 
 
 
 -ff- 
 
 » — 
 
 
 
 
 eI 
 
 m 
 
 'Tis a light. 
 
Waiting for the Ansrels. 
 
 83 
 
 w 
 
 
 :=1= 
 
 
 m 
 
 
 
 
 m 
 
 -4^ 
 
 Frank M. Davis, 
 
 1 N ' 
 
 
 ■# 
 
 1. We are wait - iiig by the riv - er, We are watch - ing on the shore; On - ly wait - ing for the 
 
 2. Tho’ the mist hang o’er the riv - er, And'the bil - lows loud-ly roar, Yet we hear the song of 
 
 3. And the bright ce-lest-ial cit - y ! We have caught such radiant gleams Of ^hs towers and dazzling 
 
 4. He has call’d for many a lov’d one. We have seen them leave our side; With our Sav - ior we shall 
 
 h I ^ 1 I I . ^ .1 h I h I ^ 
 
 Chorus. 
 
 V. t: • ^ r ^ r I 
 
 an-gels. Soon they’ll come to bear us o’er. We are wait - ing by the riv - er, We are 
 
 an - gels, V^aft-ed from the oth - er shore. We are wait - ing, etc. 
 
 sun-light. With its bright and peaceful streams. We are wait - ing, etc. 
 
 meet them, When we too, have cross’d the tide. We are wait - ing, etc. 
 
 
 -0-S- 
 
 0—i » 
 
 1 I ^ ^ 
 
 ;yi-i-_£=ph— I?— 
 
 
 ±pgagiizgzzg 
 
 
 
 
 piS: 
 
 — j- o~,~ I « - -m- -0- 
 
 
 -0 #— 
 
 I U' ' ' 
 
 watch - ing by the* sh^e; On - ly wait - ing for the an-gels. Soon they’ll come to bear us o’er. 
 
 Ait. 
 
 -t-4 
 
 
 - 0—0 
 
 -y-L-. 
 
 ^=r- 
 
 t— 17 
 
Whfit can I Give to Jesus? 
 
 Frank M. Davis. 
 
 84 
 
 I 
 
There’ll be Joy in Heaven! 
 
 85 
 
 Mary A. Straub. 
 
 S. W. S. 
 
 
 
 - « « ^ 0- 
 
 -#■ -#• 
 
 -i=d= 
 
 There’ll be joy in heav’n, our home on high, As, one by one, each child draws nigh, And clasps the hand of 
 There’ll be joy in heav’n, glad hearts will burn To see the wand'rer home re-turn, From bar-ren wastes and 
 There’ll be joy in heav’n, the Savior stands. With’ ten-der heart and outstretch’d hands, And smiles to welcome 
 Lo, the bruis-ed soul looks up and lives. And glo - ry to the Fa-ther gives; What hearts of joy, what 
 
 ci : 4r-P- • - Ft— — F — ! — r— F* — * — 
 
 Chorus. 
 
 ff 
 
 
 
 3- 
 
 
 -0 — 0 - 
 
 
 -jjh t/ W ' I 
 
 kindred. there, Blest in a ten-der Fa-ther’s care. There’ll be joy in heav’n, glad songs abound. The 
 
 des-erts wild, A lov-ing, meek and hum-ble child. There’ll be joy, etc. 
 
 in - to rest. The soul a Fa-ther’s love has blest. There’ll be joy, etc. 
 
 ho - ly lays Will fill the Father’s house with praise. There’ll be joy, etc. 
 
 
 , 
 
 dead’s a-live and the lost is found! All glo - ly to our God and King, All Hal-le-lu - j?ih, let us sing! 
 
 - 0 - - 0 - ^ ^ • 0 -- 0 -’ 0 -- 0 -* 0 -’ 0 - I l/Ov 
 
 ^iz*zizi=szz:«izF=pi=Si=:5z=ii^ 
 
 ziX.. j.. 
 
 :pnr^; 
 
 £33 
 
 
 
86 
 
 
 Shining On! 
 
 3 
 
 Frank M. Davis. 
 
 5 
 
 r-ji< 
 
 «-i # #— 
 
 
 , -9- -th ]J ^ ^ I I 
 
 1. Help us ’mid life’s wild waves to shine, Bright lighthouse lamps o’er rock and brine ;To guide the wand’rers 
 
 2. Help us, on ev - ’ry dark-some way. To drive the gath’ring clouds a-way; Like sunbeams clear to 
 
 3. Help us, O God! each in his place; Fed by the sa - cred oil of grace. Like tem-ple lamps for- 
 
 ^ — 0 ^ ft — 
 
 S-Ie^e 
 
 
 
 I I 
 
 Chorus. 
 
 — a 0 0- 
 
 o’er life’s sea 
 
 ^ . . ' " ^ 
 
 To a safe har-bor. Lord, in thee. Shining on the better way, 
 
 light the road That leads to hap - pi - ness and God. Shining on, etc. 
 ev - er bright. To burn before thee, day and night. Shining on, etc. 
 
 . I2* I - - 
 
 Shining 
 
 9 : 
 
 Zzbir; 
 
 
 E 
 
 -0 — 0--- 
 
 ti.tSi 
 
 ]— w- 
 
 
 
 -^■W=si:. 
 
 
 1 
 
 Shining on 
 
 the bet-ter way. 
 
 rEriS 
 
 shining on To the realms of endless day 
 
 — 1 0 — ^-0 
 
 -g:-- 
 
 S: 5-* • %z 
 
 — ! 
 
 “i • 
 
 f l± 
 
 
 
 
 , ^4- ^ y UJ 
 
 
 bH^- 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 F 
 
 
 
 
 tLtLttL tit. 
 
 Shining on, shining on. 
 
 
 1/ 
 
 Shining on. 
 
 
 
 
 
 t±- 
 
 V— 
 
 
 ■htl 
 
 
 shining on. 
 
 To the realms 
 
 of endless day. 
 
Thy Will be done. 
 
 s. w. s. 
 
 87 
 
 
 
 M — ^ — ^d- # 
 
 j 0 g H 
 
 • ir^* • -#-#• 
 
 1. What-e’er on earth my lot may be, Dear Fa-ther, may I yield to thee; Thou source of wisdom, 
 
 2. Oh, should my fond - est joys de - part, Be torn the i - dol from- my heart. Dear Lord, I know it 
 3 - When darkness falls a - cross my way. And troub-les sore the heart dis-may, ’Tis joy and peace, and 
 
 When darkness falls a 
 
 ! i i I I 
 
 rM «( 
 
 
 
 
 I I I 
 
 
 ^horus. 
 
 
 :± 
 
 
 
 ptm-’r di - vine. Help me to bend my will to thine, 
 is not ill. If I but do thy ho - ly will, 
 vie - t’ry won. To say, dear Lord, thy will be done. 
 
 I 1 ^ 
 
 Help me 
 Help me 
 Help me 
 
 
 i 
 
 to say 
 to, etc. 
 to, etc. 
 
 I 1 
 
 thy will be done, Wher- 
 
 
 
 1 
 
 r\ U ^ I I ' • I ^ ^ ^ 
 
 ^ ^ ^-0-0 — 0-0-^^ — i — «— — c — ^ 
 
 e’er the way of life may run; ’Neath shadc^w or the beauteous sun. Dear Fa-ther, let thy will be done. 
 
 I ^ ^ ! 1 ! I t ! I I I . . . J 
 
 0 0 ^ al— r^— ^ 0—r0 0 0 0 —r 0 9 w . — rr— 4 
 
 
 - 0 - 
 
 -XZ 
 
 Vi/ SA/ 
 
88 
 
 Beyond the Gates! 
 
 Eben. E, Rexford. ^ Straub. 
 
 r\ ^ » 
 
 . -Jn ^ 
 
 
 
 . n 
 
 , r' 
 
 
 
 J i ^ 
 
 — J 1— 
 
 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 
 m • ^ J J ^ 
 
 -23l J 
 
 
 
 J- 
 
 
 -# — 
 
 f-i z 
 
 ^ d=€- 
 
 
 -gj-;. — 3 
 
 S % ^ 
 
 v.,lz ^ • 
 
 1. Ifhe 
 
 2. If e 
 
 3. If e 
 
 -o- 
 
 ;arts, grown faint and 
 yes, grown dim with ’ 
 ars, grown dull with < 
 
 ^ F ' - # # ^ . 
 
 wea-ry, Could know what peace a - waits For all the tried and 
 
 weep-ing, O’er earth - ly grief and loss, Could see the crowns a- 
 
 dis - cord Of earth - ly strife and sin, Could hear one song of 
 
 « -f- * 
 
 V. (\ 
 
 ^ [.^ La 
 
 -! r 
 
 
 _ri F ft — 
 
 ^ 0 
 
 g 
 
 
 * 
 
 # —W W W 
 
 
 
 ! 1 ._.r . _ 
 
 _l 1 
 
 
 
 ■3^'k A 
 
 
 
 A • A 
 
 
 -4- U 
 
 4- 1 
 
 j Lj ( j 
 
 
 i 1> y— 
 
 W 'I 
 
 Ij i 
 
 W ' w 
 
 1 — 
 
 r b b b 
 
 1 1 
 
 X L, 
 
 / 1/ u 
 
 ^ 1 . . 
 
 _v N J 
 
 --1^ 
 
 j \J , W 1 1 A 
 
 
 4— i 
 
 
 1 _i , . ^ 
 
 z -... J p 
 
 
 _is ^ ^ n 
 
 1 J^k -{^ J ' ^ 
 
 • • J J p 
 
 J J 
 
 
 
 
 
 12 1 ■ r n 
 
 
 1 ^ ^1 ^ 
 
 «l J 
 
 
 
 
 m d • d i 
 
 tm- — «. » 
 
 ; J- 
 
 L(2 |i — 
 
 
 S-* • • 2 
 
 mm* m 
 
 0 •- S » 31 ZJ 
 
 •) ^ 1 
 
 faith - ful, Be - y 
 wait - ing. The s 
 heav - en, A - 1 
 
 ^ond the shin - ing ^ 
 old - iers of the c 
 )ove the wea-r’ing 
 
 f f ^-n 
 
 1 1 
 
 rates, With j 
 ross, The ht 
 din, I th 
 
 rg J— 
 
 >ud - den, wondrous 
 ;art would sing for g 
 Link no soul would 
 
 -t r-___ 
 
 rap-ture Each b: 
 lad-ness, And \ 
 fal - ter And fa 
 
 ^ — 0 . f: — 
 
 ^ lA * 
 
 reast would thrill to- 
 vea - ry men grow . 
 int be - side the 
 
 8— , 
 
 
 > • ~&=r 
 
 T=r- 
 
 
 
 w w — W 
 
 ± t t 
 
 P -- P p p 1 
 
 j [y j 
 
 » » f — 
 
 L/ ! 1 
 
 * r ' r 
 
 t b b b 
 
 4- L 
 
 ^1 
 
 b b b 
 
 _L L 
 
 
Beyond the Oates— Concluded. 
 
 89 
 
 n. 1 
 
 
 
 -[s --jS 
 
 -d—i — d — d — -d — 
 
 h->.- 
 — 1 — 
 
 
 
 d — d — 
 
 
 Ni 
 
 
 
 €. — 
 
 
 -d — 
 
 — « 
 
 r- 
 
 
 -t 
 
 2- 
 
 sor-row, But past heav’n’s o-pen gates, C 
 
 . Hi. ■< 
 
 ' » i 
 
 )h, soul in God’s to>-morrow, Whnt hap - j 
 
 9- - 0 " 0 - ^ -4- ^ 
 
 i- L_ .1— — * M 
 
 1 
 
 )i-ness a- waits! 
 
 eLJt-m 
 
 ^-v. ^ J • 0 
 
 Fm • 0 0 
 
 L 
 
 
 
 
 
 L 
 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 _g 
 
 ^ -f 
 
 
 , 1 i 1 - 
 
 
 
 
 r f! p 
 
 
 1- 
 
 \ 
 
 
 
 
 
 3-fazih. t t 
 
 4 ^ — - 
 
 
 t — 
 
 
 1 b^-U— M 
 
 
 #-• 0 
 
 -4 ’ 
 
 ^ ! 
 
 r-H«— 
 
 4 
 
 
 y }y \ 
 
 
 i 1 
 
 
 
 ✓ 
 
 i ! 
 
 n 
 
 1/ 
 
 
 
 
 Old Hundred. 
 
 1. From all 
 
 2. E - ter 
 
 3. In ev 
 
 that dwell be 
 nal are thy 
 
 ^ ^ T- 
 
 low the skies, Let 
 mer - cies, Lord 
 
 
 
 the Cre - 
 
 ’ry land be - gin 
 
 
 
 
 the song; 
 
 
 E - 
 
 ter - 
 
 nal 
 
 truth 
 
 To 
 
 ev - 
 
 ’ry 
 
 land 
 
 '1 — I 
 
 
 — © — 
 
 — ©— 
 
 -t. A 
 
 tor’s 
 at - 
 the 
 
 praise a - rise; 
 tends thy word; 
 strains be - long; 
 
 It— 
 
 -(5L 
 
 
 Let the Re - deem-er’s name 
 Thy praise shall sound from shore 
 In cheer -fill sounds all voi - 
 
 nt It 
 
 © 1 -: & 4 — 
 
 be sung Thro’ ev - ’ry land, 
 to shore, Till suns shall rise 
 ces raise, And fill the world 
 
 ! f 
 
 by ev 
 and set 
 with loud 
 
 
 ict 
 
 -( 2 - 
 
 T— 
 
 
 I r 
 
 ’ry tongue, 
 no more, 
 est previse. 
 
 
 

 Laboring On 
 
 C. R. Leftwich. 
 
 j. We are la - bor - ing on in the cause of Je - sus, La - bor - ing on, la - bor - ing on; 
 
 2. We are la - bor - ing on for our gra - cious Mas - ter, La - bor - ing on, la - bor - ing on, 
 
 3. We are la - bor - ing on for the gold - en prom - ise. La - bor - ing on, la - bor - ing on, 
 
 
 I k. k. 
 
 "rj ■ j 0 
 
 
 
 
 J h ^ I K 
 
 
 
 0 P . P^ci 
 
 J 1 0 ^ 1 
 
 rm n 1 f 
 
 
 
 □ 0 
 
 0 
 
 r 'll 
 
 
 v-U - ^ 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 We are . 
 In His vi 
 We will ■ 
 
 swell- ing the ratiks ^ His glo - rious ar - my. La - bor - ing on, la - bor - ing on. 
 
 ne-yard we’ll work while the days are go - ing. La - bor - ing on, la - bor - ing on. 
 
 prove by our works that we nave been faith - ful, La - bor - ing on, la - bor - ing on. 
 
 ♦ . . ■ t. 
 
 
 I I I r I 
 
 ■ 
 
 - 4 - 
 
 *' r” ^ 1 
 
 
 ^ w W 
 
 . 1 r 1 1 
 
 r ^ r 
 
 
 
 L 
 
 
 . L ' 
 
 
 ■ 1 
 
 P * P 
 
 
 r ! 
 
 
 - - ■ U 'P 
 
 
 i b U' 1 
 
 P 1 y 
 
 
 I ^ 
 
 .0 0 • '» '0 0 • 0 
 
 'i 
 
 • P P \ 
 
 0 
 
 
 r J w 
 
 0 
 
 ir 
 
 i 1 / i w \ 
 
 r r 1 
 
 ! 1 1 
 
 r- 1 TT !T— 
 
 1 . 
 
 
 
 
 
 •- 
 
 ' V 
 
 . — ^-=J= 
 
 q . 
 
 
 -# — 
 
 s : « 2 
 
 
 % — ip. 
 
 — 1 i 1 ; 
 
 
 
 
 2 — 
 
 •»! 
 
 ~i— i — 0 ~p — 
 
 5nz 2 • s' 
 
 -ir ^ . 0 - 
 
 ^ IP — 
 
 
 Wj 
 
 Xu-' 
 
 
 For we know we shall stand with the 1 
 With our songs al-ways glad and our 1 
 Then we know we shall rest with the ] 
 
 lirS-T 
 
 > 1 yy 1 
 
 oright shining band. When we reach His throne a - 
 tiearts nev - er sad. We will walk the shin - ing 
 pure and the blest. In the field of light a - 
 
 r? ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ 
 
 '« •-lii t — L 1 — q 
 
 bove, 
 
 way. 
 
 bove. 
 
 
 Lj 
 
 --Zr-y t 
 
 
 4 : -p_ 
 
 — ci- 
 
 
 \-p 
 
 -p — 
 
 — » — 
 
 -» — 
 
 :t zzzd 
 
Laboring On — Concluded. 
 
 91 
 
 
 
 I>. C. ist verse. 
 
 ✓ ✓ i ✓ , _ 
 
 And en - joy the re-ward with the cho - sen Lord, Thro’ our great Re 
 
 d'oil - ing on with de-light till the shades of night Take the place of 
 For be-yond the dark gloom of the si - lent tomb We shall rest in 
 
 
 
 ti' 
 
 *-rh- 
 
 
 
 |5 
 
 deem - er s grace, 
 gold - en day. 
 Je - sus, love. 
 
 
 m 
 
 Joyfully, Joyfnlly. 
 
 Rev. 
 
 Merrill. 
 
 S-»-€ •»- 
 
 — q — 
 
 
 Joy-ful-ly, joy-ful-Iy, on-ward we move, Bound to the land of bright spir - its a -hove;) f Soon will our pil-grim-age 
 Je - sus our Sav - ior in mer-cy, says, “Come, "Joy -ful ly think of your heav - en-ly home. | (Soon to the pres-cnce of 
 Sounds of sweet music there rav-ish the ear,. Harps of the blessed, youi strains we shall hear, ) f Bright will the morn of e- 
 Fill-ing with har-mo-ny heav-en’s high dome, Joy - ful -ly, joy-ful-ly, Je - sus, we come ! j j Death shall be conquered, his 
 
 n I ... 
 
 
 
 end here be - low, 
 
 God we .shall go; 
 ter - ni - ty dawn ; 
 seep - 1 re be gone; 
 
 rrJt-- ri--— rr;ilcr?J.:t{=:c=tF=:p 
 
 
 Now if to Je - sus our hearts have been given, Joy - ful-ly, glo - riouft-ly beams that bright heav'n. 
 O - ver the plains of that Ca-naan we’ll roam, Joy - ful-ly, joy - ful-ly, ^ safe - ly at home. 
 
 .1 
 
 
 ^-0- 
 
 -P- 
 
 / ■ 
 
 •p- 
 
 ztnztz 
 
 -' 0 — »- 
 
 gj_*ZO 
 
92 
 
 Maria Straub. 
 
 iispiii 
 
 
 
 Feed My Lambs. 
 
 J. F. Taylor. 
 
 
 1. Hear in ac-cents from a-bove,“ Seek my love, oh, seek my love. For, be-hold, I died for thee- 
 
 2. Hear m whis-pers soft and rare,- Make my lit - tie ones thy care. Thine the bless-ing then shall be • ’ 
 
 3. Lord to thee our love we owe, Help us all our love to show; Welcome,then the words shall be,’ 
 
 
 (S- •- 
 
 
 -O-i. 
 
 
Feed My Lamb. — Concluded. 
 
 93 
 
 
 m- 
 
 ■ZiTf. 
 
 
 'S^T— 
 
 
 -y- 
 
 :st 
 
 x: 
 
 lT\ 
 
 -9~ 
 
 
 arms en 
 
 fold. 
 
 Gath 
 
 er, oh, gath - er them in 
 
 to 
 
 =SE^ 
 
 the fold.” 
 
 
 «'45: 
 
 -j 9 -ij- 
 
 
 :=f5: 
 
 1 
 
 Tenderly round them your arms enfold, gath-er O, gath-er, gath-er O, gath-er, gath-er them in-to the fold.” 
 
 _ -- - ^-0L ^ JL,^ 4t. /TV 
 
94 
 
 Forgive 
 
 E. A. Hoffman. S. W. St*au». 
 
 Duet. 
 
 — 1 — N — t ^ 
 
 All./ 
 
 I-= ^ N-r- 
 
 Duet. 
 
 ■H i ^ 
 
 Airl? d 
 
 d d J J J- 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 -0 0—S—0 0-0-~ 
 
 ^ : H - - 
 
 
 
 9 -9 m — #— 
 
 I. When oth-ers of-fend you or do you wrong, Forgive, forgive, for-giye; Don't 
 ' 2 . When oth-ers ill-treat you or give you pain, Forgive, forgive, for-give; Don’t 
 
 1 ^ _ ^ . m A A _ O • 
 
 5_^_E f 
 
 car - ry a bur- den of 
 quarrel, or scold, or re- 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 '1 V pT#- 
 
 
 b 
 
 
 - -©--^ — — 
 
 
 All./ 
 
 
 0 fl 
 
 □ d 
 
 
 
 5-^ •'-•■ t- 
 
 ha - tred a-long, For-^ 
 tort, or complain, For-| 
 
 ^ 3 5 
 
 rive, for-give, for-g 
 rive, for-give, for-g 
 
 f-r— 
 
 --I-' tf— 
 
 -©-T 0— 
 
 ;ive; As 
 pve; It 
 
 P • ]• 
 
 Je - sus has kind-ly for-j 
 on - ly in-creas-es the 1 
 
 giv - en you. So 
 Dit - ter smart That 
 
 S i 
 
 :r 1 u \==n 
 
 pH 
 
 -f- — 
 
 4- -J 1 ...jy-i 
 
 
 :*nzrnr-? — e • 
 
 1 ✓ i ✓ ^ 
 
 =^— 4: — b=q 
 
 F 
 
 
 -0 0-0-^ 
 
 _-J ^ J I , . 
 
 J— =! ^ « H ? • -J P 
 
 ~f 
 
 
 
 i i- 
 
 you should forgive your ] 
 lies like a wound up- 
 
 -K. ^ 9L ^ ^ 
 
 ^0-0 V 0 
 
 playmates too; Forgi 
 on your heart; Choos 
 
 ^ f=i_e- 
 
 -5- d-H 3 •- 
 
 -# 0 — 0 — 0 0 — L« 1 ^ 0J10 ^ 
 
 ve them, they know not what they do. Forgive, forgive, forg 
 e rather the no - bier, bet - ter part. Forgive, forgive, forgi 
 
 -^-11 
 
 ive. 
 
 ive. 
 
 g-:- J 
 
 
 t£_^=i_p_ 
 
 - h=r- r ^ vEq 
 
 
 i— » — ■ 
 
 ^ I 'k/ 
 
 
I Will Open the Door. 
 
 95 
 
 M. Straub. 
 
 J. R. Murray. 
 
 1. Hear the Sa-vior pleacl-ingj tell, 
 
 2. Shall my sins and world-ly care 
 
 3. Be enthron’d with - in my heart 
 
 I ^ 
 
 “I would show my love for thee, Glad-ly I with thee would 
 Fill my heart with doubt and gloom? Grant me. Lord, thy presence 
 I will let my i - dols go; Sa-vior, now thy bliss im- 
 
 4=- 
 
 
 
 iiMi 
 
 
 
 -C — 
 
 t: tL 
 
 
 D. C. I will ope the 
 
 N 
 
 ✓ 
 
 door^or 
 
 thee. Come to 
 
 
 me, Oh, 
 
 Fine. 
 
 eovie to 
 
 -T ' ^ 
 
 me. Yes, there's roo7)i dear Lord for 
 
 iP 
 
 I 
 
 1 
 
 dwell, But thou hast no 
 
 rare, Come, my Sa - vior, 
 
 part, Oh, that I thy 
 
 ‘ iE 
 
 E 
 
 I 
 
 room for me.” 
 there is room; 
 love might know ! 
 
 Oh, my Sa • vior. 
 Bring me thy sal 
 I would feel the 
 
 must I 
 va - tion, 
 heal-ing 
 
 own 
 
 bring, 
 
 tide 
 
 That I 
 Come, and 
 Of thine 
 
 Thee, Come, 
 
 ^ come 
 
 and dwell with me. 
 
 D. C. 
 
 m 
 
 ban - ish none but thee? For this sin I 
 set me free from sin. To thy mer - cies 
 
 own e - ter - nal love; Come and e’er with 
 
 (ig 
 
 
 d ^ r- 
 
 now a - tone, Come, O come, and dwell with me, 
 
 I would cling, I will free - ly let thee in. 
 me a - bide. Fit me for thy home a - bove. 
 
 -Oj— » i— 4 fc- 
 
 
 
 - ■! w 
 

 God Bless the Children. 
 
 S. W. Straub. 
 
 1. God bless the lit - tie child -ren, God bless them ev-’ry one, In hut or hall or. large or small, P'rom 
 
 2. God bless the lit - tie child - ren. That Je-sus held so dear. The waifs and strays without a home, Or 
 3- "" 
 
 God bless the lit - tie child - ren, God bless them all a-round. Where’er they be, in gild-ed cot. Or 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 r r — -r - — ^ r 
 
 
 
 
 rise 
 
 those 
 
 on 
 
 
 to set of sun; 
 of bet ' ter cheer; 
 the doorstep found; 
 
 r 
 
 
 M- 
 
 3- 
 
 
 -g — » — q# 
 
 And when the day is o - ver, And night lets down her wing. May 
 The fruit of sin and mis - ery. Or youthful son of priae. Their 
 
 In fortune’s lap, in beggars’s robe, With locks of gold or dun. By 
 -F—rF F- — r-|2 f pg g— — -If--,. 
 
 i 
 
 :p:: 
 
 6 >- 
 
 
 Chorus. 
 
 t Z2 — — 3- 
 
 3 
 
 -•-.-d 
 
 
 0 0 - 
 
 I . . ~ ~ ' III 
 
 sweetest dreams in pic-tures fair. Around their young hearts cling. God bless the 
 ten-der age no warfares wage. They blossom side by side. God bless, etc. 
 
 day and night I pray God’s might. To bless them ev-’ry one! God bless, etc. 
 
 God bless. God 
 
 child-ren. 
 
 —rf—d — — — r — 
 
 0 - 0 
 
 m 
 
 Bless 
 
 tie chil - dren. 
 
God Bless the Children! — Concluded. 97 
 
 Sunrise. 
 
 Mozart. 
 
 
 3a 
 
 TPIfieT." 
 
 
 I. God made the ris - ing sun, To shine the night a-way. 
 His stead - y course to run, . ( Otnit) 
 
 2- God made the glo-rious sun, T’en-liv - en and a-dom; 
 We’ll praise the wondrous love ( Omit) 
 
 
 Thro’ all the day. } The sunbeams shine so 
 That brings the mom. } =“nteams, etc; 
 
 I h „ I h I ^ 
 
 ^ l*r 
 
 -fS-0- 
 
 
 
 
 D.C 
 
 
 0-i 
 
 
 fair and bright,To fill the heart with pure delight; They are our Father’s tender smile, Beam-ing thro’ the night 
 
 
 
 -V-' 
 
 7 
 
98 
 
 Jesus is Waiting. 
 
 Maria Straub, 
 
 
 5ES:g 
 
 ■:N— 
 
 :i!ziz1z5: 
 
 
 
 ■I 
 
 Moorc. 
 
 
 
 
 
 1. Bring in the chil-dren, oh, bring them all in, Help them to turn from the path-way of sin; 
 
 2. Bring in the chil-dren, oh, keep them from harm, Save them from dan-ger and cru - el a-larm; 
 
 -0---9 — # 9- '-9- 
 
 
 ^ I 
 
 -9---0 — &- 
 
 
 (a 
 
 E^EE^S- 
 
 
 ^ 1 
 
 P 
 
 w^- 
 
 
 
 h'^ — N- 
 
 -t—t 
 
 
 — n;_ 
 
 :^S= 
 
 
 
 
 b:-'rza!:ziai 
 
 Guide their young feet, oh, the dan-ger be -hold! Bring them all safe in the heav’n - ly fold. 
 
 Go take them in from the storm and the cold, Bring them all safe in the heav’n - ly fold. 
 
 I ^ ^ 
 
 a 3 — 9 — r-9 9— — 9 — ^ «_?-_« — m 0-^ — a — ,- 0 — « *- — 
 
 1 ?__# ^ i 1 !— 
 
 
 
 V- 
 
 r 
 
 M — ^ »- 
 
 i'-\ 
 
 -J- 
 
 I ' ' . ' I 
 
 D. s. Wait -mg- to give them ^ich bless - ings un-told; Bring them, oh, bring them in - to the fold. 
 
Boldly. 
 
 m 
 
 Orapple with the World, Boys. 
 
 N S N V J ^ 
 
 99 
 
 S. W. Straub. 
 
 N S ^ 
 
 4z£ 
 
 
 • -i 9- 
 
 — i 
 
 1. Grap - pie with the world, boys, • On - ward to the fight! Heed not what the end may be, 
 
 2. Grap - pie with the world, boys, On - ward to the fight! Ev - er with the stain-less sword 
 
 
 
 h 
 
 -It- 
 
 /Tn 
 
 -B— 
 
 
 Fine. 
 
 -N — -4».- |> K 1 ^ ■ - N— ^ I -fe— fc — h ! h. 
 
 
 
 If you’re in the right. Tram - pie not on one an-oth-er, Loy - al hand lend toil - ing Inuther; 
 Hold the cause of right. Front the dan-ger — face the sor-row — Keep your eyes up - on the mor-row! 
 
 - 0-±..0 ^ *- .. p t _,s_ — 
 
 9 — y g-g- 1-h; y. — :j yj ■ ■ I. } j - [,. — ; , -f v g— F 
 
 
 
 I 
 
 t 
 
 
 1^.- 
 
 e i — — 9 9 «i — 
 
 Stur - dy will and true en - deav - or 
 
 Per - ils mon - strous seem a - far, 
 
 N ^ ^ N b S lN 
 
 — =!^ — P — \/ U — 
 
 it--- 
 
 'IZ 
 
 J_. 
 
 lit* 
 
 ». C. 
 
 ^ N 
 
 In the long run con - quer ev - er. 
 P'ace them — and they shad - ows are. 
 
 m - /r\ 
 
 iz:z#zzz:^z=]i 
 
 
 m 
 
100 
 
 The Star in the Sky. (Christmas.) 
 
 Dr. J. G. Holland. 
 
 S. W. S. 
 
 F»- — ^ — -f- 
 
 [. There’s a song in the air, There’s a star in the sky, There’s a moth - er’s deep pray’r. And a 
 
 !. In the light of that star, Die the a - ges impeaiTd, And that song from a - far. Has swept 
 
 ]. We re - joice in the light. And we ech - o the song. That comes down thro’ the night. From the 
 
 T\ .-1-= ^: ‘^-F^ h^-F 
 
 J-M a——m — 1 -^ 
 
 
 1= 
 
 0 
 
 ‘1/ ^ i I ^ 
 
 ha - by’s low cry. And the star rains its fire, while the beau- ti - ful sing. That the man - ger of 
 
 o - ver the world, Ev - ’ry hearth is a flame, And the beau - ti - ful sing. In the homes of the 
 
 Heav - en - ly throng, Aye! we shout to the love - ly e - van-gel they bring. And we greet in his 
 
 -t--' 
 
 :P=-p, 
 
 
 
 
 
 T 
 
 Beth -le 
 
 3=? 
 
 
 
 — a^-v— ^ 
 
 m. 
 
 ^ ^ I 
 
 hem era - dies a King! That the man - ger of Beth - le - hem era - dies a King! 
 
 na - t ions, that Je - sus is King! In the homes of the na - tions, that' Je - sus is King! 
 
 era - die our Sav - ior and King! And we greet in his era - die our Sav - ior and King! 
 
 ;pz:p:i=|;p!: 
 
 
 
 ~-r± 
 
 m 
 
 -W- 
 
 r- 
 
Guide Us, Savior. 
 
 101 
 
 Words and Music by John McPherson. 
 
 
 Well we know, if thou art 
 
 i 1/ k/ 
 
 1. Guide and lead us, dear - est Sav - ior, May we feel thee at our side; 
 
 2. Guide and bless us, heav’n-ly Fa - ther, Be thou near wher-e’er we rove ; May thy Spir - it e’er at- 
 
 3. Guide and bless us, O our Fa - ther, And when life’s short day is" o’er, Bear us tSn-der-ly to 
 
 n p • t - 
 
 4 -h^ — 
 
 
 
 
 . 
 
 C. 
 
 
 
 
 Chorus. 
 
 
 3 
 
 
 
 3; 
 
 It 
 
 
 
 -«5i- 
 
 near us. That no e - vil will be • tide, 
 
 tend us. Guide us to our home a - hove, 
 
 heav - en, Saved from sin for - ev - er - more, 
 
 - A -#- • 1 
 
 
 Guide and bless us, O dear Sav - ior, 
 
 Guide and bless us, etc. ,, 
 
 Guide and bless us, etc. 
 
 ^ t: ^ 
 
 1 / hy ^ — ^ 0 --, * 
 
 -< 2 _- 
 
 
 -© 
 
 'pnz33 
 
 
 Thro’ the toilsome march of life; And then when life on earth is end ed, Take us home from pain and strife. 
 
 
 
 A ^ 
 
 - 3 - A 
 
 •- 
 
 ^rr- pr. 
 
 P — v-p- 
 
 ©- 
 
 tt 
 
 1 \-0 0 0 .. • _• 
 
 
 
 1 U — ■-* 
 
 I ^ I 
 
102 
 
 M. S. Joyfully. 
 
 Praise the Bountiful OiTer! 
 
 
 s. w. s, 
 
 
 
 1. Praise the Father, bless his name, At whose bid-ding pul-ses thrill! Source of all the bless-ings giv’n, 
 
 2. Praise the Father, bless his name. For the gift of his dear Son; For this source of light and joy, 
 
 3. Praise the Father, bless his name, For the sol - ace sent from heav’n, For th.e com - for-ter di-vine, 
 
 1/ r r 
 
 « Jt' 
 
 
 — 9. • — 
 
 — »— 
 
 
 9 — 
 
 m « * 
 
 1 
 
 
 
 
 
 a — 
 
 — d J — 
 
 > 
 
 
 
 
 w. 
 
 1 
 
 — 
 
 
 — « • — 
 
 
 ~i=4-i 
 
 -0 ; « 0 
 
 -0 *—0 0 
 
 — 
 
 ; 
 
 li 
 
 — « * — 
 
 L/ 
 
 1 
 
 
 -9—f- 
 
 
 
 -9~ 
 
 9 
 
 9 
 
 w — 
 
 
 
 
 — 0 
 
 
 Let 
 
 his praise 
 
 each bo 
 
 - som 
 
 fill. 
 
 Gra - cious giv - 
 
 er 
 
 of 
 
 the soul, Foun • 
 
 - tain of 
 
 the 
 
 
 Praise 
 
 him, praise 
 
 him. 
 
 ev - ’ry 
 
 one. 
 
 “Peace 
 
 on 
 
 earth. 
 
 good will 
 
 to men,” Sweet 
 
 - est theme 
 
 the 
 
 
 High 
 
 - est prais • 
 
 - es shall be 
 
 giv’n. 
 
 
 Giv - 
 
 er 
 
 of 
 
 a 
 
 faith 
 
 sub-lime. That 
 
 will shield 
 
 us 
 
 
 1 
 
 h 1 
 
 
 i 
 
 1 h 
 
 
 
 p 
 
 0 
 
 9 
 
 9 
 
 ■9- 
 
 -0- • 
 
 Jt 
 
 JfL -OL 
 
 ■0- 
 
 
 ^ ' 
 
 ^ ^ 
 
 
 
 9, 
 
 w • 
 
 
 
 
 r 
 
 
 r 1 r 1 
 
 1 0 
 
 0 '0 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 H 5 : 
 
 -I 
 
 F 
 
 -~h- 
 
 
 r 
 
 - 0 — 
 
 — A 
 
 FF F H F 
 
 
 
 — — 1 
 
 — > — 
 
 
 1 — 1 — — 
 
 1 a — j 
 
 -1 
 
 — 1 ^- 
 
 
 — 
 
 
 
 1 
 
 — ^ 
 
 r\ 
 
 1 
 
 7 
 
 i) 
 
 
 
 |N 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 - S ! 
 
 
 
 N d 
 
 
 
 
 0 0 . 
 
 
 
 — « 9— 
 
 
 
 
 J 0 F — 
 
 
 0 9--,— 
 
 
 fe: 
 
 9 — 
 
 — 9 9—i— 
 
 
 -0 
 
 —a/ i— 
 
 
 — 1 — 
 
 -0 — 
 
 
 !__ — 
 
 -0 — 
 
 H ’ ' — 1 
 
 — 9 — -0 — 
 
 9 
 
 -0 — 
 
 ^ 
 
 : 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 y 
 
 \-0 
 
 F 0 
 
 
 ^9 
 
 E 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 life 
 
 with - in! 
 
 Wake, 
 
 my soul. 
 
 his name 
 
 a - dore. 
 
 All 
 
 u - nite 
 
 his praise 
 
 to sing. ■ 
 
 
 
 heart 
 
 may know ! Praise 
 
 the Giv 
 
 - er! prais 
 
 - es high, Let 
 
 in tune 
 
 - ful 
 
 ac - 
 
 cents flow. 
 
 
 
 as 
 
 a wall ! 
 
 Men 
 
 and an 
 
 - gels grate 
 
 - ful be. Praise 
 
 the Fa - 
 
 ther, All 
 
 in All! 
 
 
 
 p 
 
 /T\ 
 
 m a • 
 
 
 -0- 
 
 -0- -0- 
 
 ■0- 
 
 ■0- 
 
 ■0- -0 
 
 
 i 
 
 
 
 J 
 
 S' . 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 1 r r r 
 
 , r r 
 
 9 00 9 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 _ p. 
 
 
 t h r 
 
 L _L._ 
 
 
 J 
 
 J F 
 
 
 
 i 1 . J \ 
 
 
 0 0 
 
 0 
 
 0 
 
 0 0 
 
 e 
 
 
 J □ » • 
 
 
 L 1 d ' 
 
 F -1 F 
 
 
 0 — 
 
 0 F 
 
 _ 
 
Praise the Bountiful Giver! — Concluded. 103 
 
 -fl — j — ^ ^ - 
 
 - w “fN -f* j h 
 
 
 
 N N 
 
 ■■ j sp — T r V ^ 1 
 
 /Pn — — 2 — t — 4 — 
 
 
 J -As ^ 
 
 1 . ^ 
 
 1 f T f q 
 
 
 2 ~ a 
 
 4 T iff 
 
 ... ^ • !® « 1 
 
 TT ^ 
 
 
 
 0 p ! ^ -■ 
 
 Praise the boun-ti . ful, boun-ti-ful Giv - er! Praise him, praise him, praise him for - ev - er; 
 
 ■ r t f-SH 
 
 ^ <h - 0 - 
 
 > ^ — ?» — T 
 
 •#- - 0 - 
 
 1 # 9 1 — 
 
 ■ 0 - ^ - 0 - - 0 - - 
 
 !• S ^ ^ ? '1 
 
 P-- ^ 
 
 1 1 ” ^ 1 
 
 V W 1® 
 
 ' r 
 
 > — ^ ^ — 
 
 -t'- — U — U — 1 V — 1 
 
 1 y K 
 
 ^ y 
 
 H- y W 
 
 
 % 
 
 ^ ^“1 
 
 
 I 
 
 f-J FH 
 
 I if Ni I 
 
 N N ^ 
 
 r~r — d m d 
 
 
 
 i U- - ^\ P 0 J 
 
 
 rn ! 
 
 • I 
 
 i m A P 
 
 -1 II. -» p-i 
 
 1 1 1 • 
 
 ii-s 11^ 
 
 15?l: . J 0 2 m 
 
 
 gi 5 
 
 ? 0 
 
 0 - P J 
 
 r W 1# 
 
 
 Pll 
 
 ^ - *- 
 
 
 ^ 0 0 
 
 tj— j=j_?p 
 
 
 
 _JJ 
 
 Praise the houn - ti - ful, glo - ri - ous Giv - er! Praise him, praise him, praise him for - ev - er. 
 
 i; 
 
 Pleyel’s Hymn. 
 
 ■ ' li; 
 
 
 bu ^ ^ -#■ -#■“ V' I*™ " 
 
 1. Prince of Peace, con-trol my will ; Bid this struggling n^rtBe still ; Bid my fears and doubting cease; Hushmyspirit in - to peace. 
 
 2. May thy will, not mine, be done; Maythywill and mine beone ; Chase thesedoubtings from my heart ; Now thy perfectpeace impart. 
 
 3. Sav-ior, at thy feet I fall ; Thou my Life, my Lord, my All ; Let thy hap-py ser-vant be. One for-ev-er-more with thee. 
 
 
104 
 
 Rev. E. A. Hoffman. 
 
 Only of Jesus I’ll Sing. 
 
 S. H. Blakkslsb. 
 
 
 « 0 — 0--^0 0 - 
 
 P 
 
 — N~- 
 
 
 
 -#■ -0- 
 
 1. On - ly of Je - sus I’ll sing! My Sav-ior, Re-deem-er and Friend; He loves me with tender-est 
 
 2. On - ly of Je - sus I’ll sing! Who purchas’d sal-va-tion for me; He died to a -tone for my 
 
 3. On-ly of Je - sus I’ll sing! My soul shall ex- ult in his praise; To Him let the heav-ens and 
 
 
 
 
 
 V- 
 
 
 
 
 -¥ 
 
 0---0 — i. 
 
 Chorus. 
 
 
 
 
 -4N — 
 
 L¥=£:= 
 
 love With love that can nev - er end. Yes, on-ly of Je - sus I’ll sing! My 
 
 sin From sin, to set me free. Yes, on-ly of Je - sus, etc. 
 
 earth A grate - ful an - them raise. Yes, on - ly of Je - sus, etc. 
 
 
 
 -!=f 
 
 loqi: 
 
 1± 
 
105 
 
 Work and Sing. 
 
 M. A. Straub. S. W. S, 
 
 
 
 
 r 
 
 H ^-i 
 
 
 T. Sing and work, and w 
 
 2. Sing and work, and v 
 
 3. Sing and Work, and-w 
 
 4 - * 
 
 ^ork and sing; 
 ,^ork and sing; 
 :ork and sing; 
 
 _J i 
 
 '-m a — # -a 
 
 Lift the hands and 
 Fill the hours with 
 F rom the heart let j 
 
 f. f. ^ ^ 
 
 ^ — 
 
 \-0 — 0 — 0--- 
 
 lift the voice, 
 sweet employ 
 gladness flow; 
 
 W- f ^ 1 
 
 ■ ' ^ ^ J- 
 
 Finding still som^ 
 ; Happy hearts and 
 Bu - sy hands, and 
 
 pf_ f? -f? 6L 
 
 L .0 0 _ 1 
 
 ething to do 
 i - die hands 
 hearts of love 
 
 If f f 
 
 - 
 
 t— hf— 
 
 I* V 
 
 -Jo n 
 
 Ff— E— f [- 
 
 
 t' f? 0 » S ^ m . 
 
 
 -1 - 
 
 d 1/ ' 1 
 
 ' 1* r r r 
 
 tje js 
 
 i 1/ 1 U 
 
 r c \ 
 
 V IF 
 
 1 
 
 ' i 
 
 1 1/ 1 
 
 Chorus. 
 
 That will make the heart rejoice. Sing-ing and working, work while you sing, Joy-ful -ly work for 
 Nev-er fill the world with joy. Sing-ing, etc. 
 
 Make for us a heav’n be-low. Sing-ing, etc. 
 
 ^ ^ h I h 
 
 # — g — — # — # — #- 
 
 -e-rirk uJl' ^ 
 
 
 — ^ — 1 — - 
 
 
 
 
 " r-" ' 
 
 
 
 — a~b — 
 
 Je - sus 
 
 ^ ^ 
 
 your King; Hap-py 
 
 the heart 
 
 that la-bors 
 
 in, love. Rich the bless -ings from above. 
 
 
 
 — P p— 
 
 
 rxrrit— 5=C--Sr=^:^_^:-rd: 
 
 
 -V— ^ — L^r- 
 
 \.~'J 
 
 -J 
 
 
106 
 
 Praj On 
 
 ^ y 'y 
 
 pray on, my broth - er, and toil to the end, Your Sav-ior is near you as - sist-ance to lend; 
 pray on, and la - bor, for - ev - er be true. Be grateful for tal - ent, and something to do; 
 pray on, my broth - er, till life’s set-ting sun. And work, bravely work till thy la - bor is done; 
 
 ^ -0- ^ 'T' 
 
 ^ k ' u ' 
 1 
 
 
 -y- 
 
 =f=:r: 
 
 
 
 0 C- 
 
 
 m 
 
 Oh, trust in his goodness, the Lord will provide. 
 E’er grow in thy pow-ers and glo - ri - fy God, 
 Re-mem-ber the words of thy Sav-ior and Friend. 
 
 
 
 1^ 
 
 And o - ver life’s des-ert he safe-ly will guide. 
 And Jion-or. the pathway thy Sav-ior has trod. 
 “I’m with you to - day, and will be to the end.” 
 
 ^ A -tf- -i t- -o~ N 
 
 
 
 m 
 
 Chorus. 
 
 V 1 A 
 
 
 =H -V ^ 
 
 1 h N ' K 
 
 — 
 
 
 
 
 
 i 
 
 kSi' fi ^ 
 
 
 
 itf! 
 
 n n 
 
 
 Si- -S 'S • n , ® 
 
 S' S ,, 
 
 
 ^ ^ b 
 
 ^ vl/ ^ 
 
 Then pray on my brother and toil to the end, 
 
 Je - sus is near, ev - er near, say-ing 
 
 _ _ ___ N N : 
 
 u 1 
 
 i# W * V# M S * A 
 
 ^ • 1^' I 
 
 J S * 
 
 
 
 ^ “ , I * • 1® 
 
 
 0 m • 0 o * 
 
 _a M d 
 
 ^ 5 a 'c 
 
 -1 1 j ^ hi ' - 1.-' 
 
 TF W 9^ 
 
 r F • r ^ d 
 
 
 17-ZJ- 
 
 
 Z[1 ^=IZ^ -d : 
 
 b — Vj • # i- 
 
 [fz L_P=5 
 
Pray On — Concluded. 
 
 107 
 
 ~N 
 
 
 Egi 
 
 Lo, I’m with you al-ways, trust my guiding hand, I will safe-ly lead you to the bet - ter land. 
 
 f- vf - ^ ^ ^ f- * m 
 
 Love Divine. 
 
 . , . , Guilford A. Smith. 
 
 N S I V ' ^ j S i_J --.--V Sri— — .A, I ! ^ 
 
 :^4z 
 
 ✓ ' I • y 
 
 I. Love divine, all love excelling, Joy of heav’n to earth come down ! 
 
 Fix in us thy humble dwelling, ( Omit?) All thy faithful mercies crown. 
 
 > y 
 
 Father ! thou art all com- 
 
 2. Breathe,0 breathe thy loving Spirit Into ev’ry troubled breast; i • •Ui '1 j 
 
 Let us all in thee in-her-it; {OmitA Let us fmd thy promis’d rest. / 
 
 
 passion. Pure, unbounded love thou art ; Vis - it us with thy sal-va-tion, En . ter ev-’ry long-ing heart, 
 liv - er. Let us all thy life re-ceive; Graciously come down and nev-er, Nev-er more thy temples leave. 
 
 
 
 .i 
 
108 
 
 Let Them Cx>me unto Me. 
 
 
 
 irlszrisqr; 
 
 
 
 3ES 
 
 I ■*■• * r ■*■ 
 
 
 I wish that his hands had been laid on my head, That his arms had been thrown a-round me, 
 Yet, still to his foot r StO(^vdn pray’r I may go. And ask for a share in his love; 
 
109 
 
 Let Tliem Come unto Me — Concluded. 
 
 That 
 
 And 
 
 m 
 
 
 ' ^ ^ 
 
 - 0 - I - 0 - - 0 -»- 0 - 
 
 
 
 iEEf- 
 
 
 -®- 
 
 
 I might have seen his kind looks when he said, Let the lit - tie ones come un - to me. 
 if I thus ear - nest - ly seek him be - low, I shall see him and hear him a - bove. 
 
 
 irt: /t- • -L(* 
 
 :?=?E:z:5iz*=z::f 
 
 -Tp H V— )>-L y ^ ^ y g_ 
 
 -&-• — 
 
 Chorus. 
 
 Let them come Let them come 
 
 I 
 
 n { 
 
 k V ! ^ K ^ 
 
 I 
 
 1 if 
 
 f h K 
 
 G S 
 
 1 ^ fS 
 
 
 1 I 
 
 J 
 
 
 
 
 
 • » • I*' 
 
 1 ^ 
 
 i 
 
 3S 
 
 A )9 • J 
 
 cj . --"ai-. ^ 
 
 £ • m- 
 
 
 
 w K ^ 1 ^ 
 
 zir, M 
 
 « t:, D_ 
 
 1 ® . 
 
 - — 4 
 
 Let them come un - to me. Let them come un - to 
 
 ^ 4L.jfL^ 4t- 
 
 me, 
 
 
 * 
 
 P • W P P * " \ 
 
 1 r 
 
 1— . L_ ^ 
 
 V'm V m ^ 1 
 
 f - r 
 
 r J ^ ^ y f 
 
 
 Itf * 1# 1# # 1 
 
 1 ^ I y r 
 
 ^ \ 
 
 ' t/' !v 1 
 
 
 -T £ fj £ £ ^ 0 
 
 1 ‘ 'J i>. - 1 
 
 1 
 
 
 — -y , • 
 
 Ei=^— 
 
 1 ' _l 
 
 un - to me, un - to me. 
 
110 
 
 Our Treasures. 
 
 M. E. Servoss. 
 
 S. W. Stkaub. 
 
 
 ^ 1 i/ • ® 
 
 1. Gen - tly as the wind of au - tumn Car - ries far the tint - ed leaf, So the an - gel 
 
 2. As we weave the au-tumn treas-ures In - to wreaths of col-ors bright, So the Mas - ter 
 
 3. As _ we keep the ricn-est leaf - lets Till an - oth-er sprino: shall come, Soi our Fa - ther 
 
 
 ^ f- • , »i "*■ i» ,f- 
 
 
 ^ 1 r 
 
 reap-er, coming, Bore a - way our golden sheaf; Up to the e - ter - nal sum-mer. To a 
 sets our jew-els In his hallowed crown of light; There they shine in wondrous beauty, Where no 
 keeps our darlings Till we reach our heav’nly home; There within the gates so pearl -y, We shall 
 
 0~W- 
 
 
 
 0t 
 
 0 
 
 
 -t=^. 
 
 
 
 land all bright and fair. Where no storm-clouds ever gath-er. We shall find it garner’d there, 
 moth nor rust de-cay, Treas-ures in our Father’s kingdom Safe through all e - ter • ni - ty. 
 find them hand in hand, Wait-ing for us in the spring-time, Of that oth-er, bet-ter land. 
 
 
 -4 — 
 
 
 1 
 
 
Arr. by Makia Straub. 
 
 Gentle Savior, Bless the Children. 
 
 
 =;=J=J-:J==*=;— iz^rj::^— Jz=J=rJ:^ 
 
 —0 » a —'-^ 0 ^--0 -^ 0 - ■ f — 0 —^^ J _ L ^__ — 0 € ^ 1 
 
 1. Gen-tleSav' ior, bless the chil-dren, Gath-er’d on this sa-cred day; May they feel* thy presence 
 
 2. Thou hast spo-ken words of com - fort, “Let the chil-dren come to me;” Tho’ our hearts are weak and 
 
 3. Bless our school, increase its num-bers, In all hearts thy truth in-still; Give us of thy heav’n-ly 
 
 111 
 
 John McPherson, 
 
 N- 
 
 
 
 L| ^ C CUZy 
 
 r 
 
 „J_ 
 
 - 0 — 
 
 ZLiiz 
 
 and 
 
 _*S -01--- 
 
 -^—0- 
 
 zzzi: 
 
 > 
 
 9 i 
 
 with them. While they meet to sing and pray. Safe - ly through the week de - part - ed. Thou hast 
 
 sin - fill. We may bring them. Lord, to thee. Grant us. Lord, this one pe - ti - tion, While we 
 
 wis - dom. And with love each b6 - som fill. When the day of life is end - ed, Bear us 
 
 -# 0 0 0 [ ^ F ^ ^ ^ — 
 
 -y-z-y- 
 
 
 --t- 
 
 v-*-( 
 
 y y 
 
 kept them by thy grace.; Help them now to 
 wor - ship here to - day; Bless, we pray, the 
 on thy wings of love; There to join the 
 
 h 
 
 ^ — i — g-tzg,. 
 
 
 
 m\ 
 
 feel thee near them. May they see thy lov - ing face, 
 lit - tie chil - dren, Lead them up the shin - ing way. 
 bless-ed num - her. In our Fa-ther’s home a - bove. 
 
 ^ ^ ^ h 
 
112 From Shore to Shore. 
 
From Shore to Shore — Concluded 
 
 113 
 
 rit. 
 
 
 
 -K- 
 
 m 
 
 Keep watch and 
 Thy praise we’ll 
 The young and 
 
 tL ti tL 
 
 ward, 
 
 sing, 
 
 old 
 
 to guide and guard, 
 while loud shall ring, 
 may calm - ly pass 
 
 -r 
 
 who slumb’ rest nev - er. 
 green shore for - ev - er. 
 gel homes on Jiigh. 
 
114 
 
 Rowins Against the Tide. 
 
 f 
 
 j- ^ 
 
 & 
 N N 
 
 Wilbur A. Christy. 
 
 
 «- 
 
 'i-i- 
 
 - W-- 
 
 -^=zzki=Ei^i^zz3 
 
 1. 'Tis ea - sy to glide with the rip - pies, 
 
 2. We float 0)1 the beau - ti-ful sur - I’ace, 
 
 3. And shall we be found in the num - ber, 
 
 A - down the stream of 
 Our oars scarce touch the 
 Who heed not toil and 
 
 Time, 
 stream, 
 pain ; 
 
 I* ^ 
 
 
 ^^M~==£nz^=t===T===:^dp 
 
 — F» — • — • — 
 
 
 ✓ 
 
 
 
 
 ^ _ , 
 
 But Ah! It takes cour - age and pa - tience, 
 For - get -ing, the while, that be - fore us. 
 
 Or shall we drift on with the riv - er. 
 
 -V--N- 
 
 
 A - gainst the cur - rent to. 
 The dash - ing tor - rents do 
 
 With Death the end of our 
 
 ride; 
 
 roar, 
 
 ride. 
 
 
 
 
 ^ ^ 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 r» ^ ^ 
 
 
 ? jf ft • |e ^ 
 
 t q 
 
 ± .... 
 
 ^ H 
 
 ^ f ^ k 
 
 
 It t— d 
 
Rowing Against the Tide — Concluded. 
 
 115 
 
 And we must have strength from Heav-en, 
 And while we are i - dly dream-ing. 
 While oth-ers, with Heav’n be - fore them. 
 
 When row - ing a - 
 The wa - ters will 
 Are row - ing a - 
 
 gainst the 
 bear us 
 gainst the 
 
 repeat pp. 
 
 
 
 jefi 
 
 -tnt. 
 
 
 k 
 
 Row - ing 
 
 Row - ing a - gainst the tide. 
 
 
 Row - ing. 
 
 row - ing. 
 
 row - ing, 
 
116 
 
 The Star-Spangled Banner. 
 
 Maestoso, 
 
 
 mm 
 
 It It ^ ’ 
 
 1. Oh say can you see 
 
 2. On the shore dim - ly seen 
 
 3. And where is that band 
 
 4. Oh! thus be it ev 
 
 What 
 
 
 iE 
 
 
 by the dawn’s ear - ly light, What so proud - ly we 
 
 thro’ the mists of the deep, Where the foe’s haugh-ty 
 
 who so vaunt - ing - ly swore. That the hav - oc of 
 
 er when free - men shall stand Be - tween . their lov’d 
 
 -#■ • -#• 
 
 hail’d at the 
 host in dread 
 war and the 
 home and the 
 
 
 twi - 
 si - 
 bat - 
 war’s 
 
 #— 
 
 ■fs- 
 
 light’s 
 lence 
 tie’s con 
 des - o 
 ^ 
 
 last gleam - ing; Whose broad stripes and bright stars 
 re - pos - es, What is that which the breeze, 
 - fu - sion, A home and a coun 
 
 la - tion: Blest with vie - fry and peace. 
 
 
 thro’ the 
 o’er the 
 try, shall 
 mav the 
 
 =f,“5= 
 
The StJir-Spangled Banner — Concluded 
 
 117 
 
 — S>— - — y 
 
 
 -% ,J 0— 
 
 -j C |A 
 
 £ 2 0 ~ 
 
 :g: 
 
 ^ ^ 
 
 
 \- ^ 
 
 -W r- 
 
 
 And ‘the rock - et’s red glare, the bombs burst - in^ ' in air. 
 
 it catch - es 
 ref - uge 
 
 con-quer 
 
 the gleam 
 can save 
 
 we 
 
 must. 
 
 t== 
 
 of the morn ~ mg's 
 the hire - ling 
 when our cause it 
 
 ^ ^ 
 
 first beam, 
 and slave, 
 is just. 
 
 Gave proof 
 In full glo 
 From the ter 
 And this 
 
 V- 
 
 
 thro’ the 
 ry re- 
 ror of 
 be our 
 
 H 
 
 B-rb'-ri T--— 1 
 
 . J n 
 
 1 
 
 , , 1 
 
 I“1 1 ^ — 
 
 “1 'I 11 
 
 p ^ — 1^!] 
 
 
 
 « -1 H H 
 
 u 
 
 
 F# 0 PI — 
 
 -J 1 -I 
 
 LP 1 — , 
 
 0 
 
 1— — 
 
 d ± d d 
 
 hs 
 
 i 
 
 p_. H =i— 
 
 2 2 2 I 
 
 E:J- 
 
 * 
 
 
 ^ ^ i,— 
 
 night that our flag was still there; Oh! say, does the star - span - gled ban - ner yet 
 
 fleet - ed now shines in the stream, ’Tis the star - span - gled ban - ner. Oh! long may it 
 
 flight or the gloom of the grave; And the star -span -gled ban - ner in tri - umph shal 
 
 mot - to, “In G(^d i^ our trust;” And the star -span- gled ban - ner in tri - umph shal 
 
 1 
 
 1 
 
 'S* Vi A * M A 
 
 p 
 
 
 1 n n 
 
 
 _□ L 
 
 “31 
 
 7*1 ^ 1 * 1 
 
 ~r p F — -j 
 
 c 
 
 ^ I — I 
 
 "i T 1 
 
 p p p 
 
 
 
 ^ 5 L 
 
 1 
 
 “t 
 
 .. j . 
 
 ^ ^ ^ 
 
 r- r 
 
 # 0 ^ “n 
 
 : V 1 1 
 
 
 r 
 
 
 0 0 0 
 
 I ' ' 
 
 LJ 
 
 L-l 
 
 wave, 
 
 wave, 
 
 wave, 
 
 wave, 
 
 
 O’er 
 
 O’er 
 
 O’er 
 
 O’er 
 
 
 the 
 
 the 
 
 'and 
 
 the 
 
 land 
 
 the 
 
 land 
 
 1? 
 
 
 ._N, 
 
 -zM- 
 
 /T\ 
 
 of the free, 
 
 of the free, 
 
 of the free, 
 
 of the free, 
 
 ^ r^-- 
 
 >>- 
 
 and 
 
 the home 
 
 and 
 
 the home 
 
 and 
 
 the home 
 
 and 
 
 the home 
 
 of 
 
 the 
 
 brave. 
 
 of 
 
 the. 
 
 brave. 
 
 of 
 
 the 
 
 brave. 
 
 of 
 
 the 
 
 brave. 
 
 \ 
 
118 
 
 Jesus hath Risen. (Easter Hymn.) 
 
 Rev. J. Straub. g \y^ g_ 
 
 life 
 
 I. Christ 
 I 2 . In 1 
 
 1 3 - Ye' 
 
 I 4. O’er d 
 
 a 1* i^zi 
 
 H ■ j j 
 
 ■ ^ r -t~ 
 
 
 [_* 0 
 
 ■- ±n 
 
 i-j— 1-— 
 
 Je - sus now hath 
 lim we have .sal - 
 na-tions, come be - 
 eath he stands vie - 
 
 ^ ^ -1 
 
 L(5< S f’ 
 
 ris - en, 'Xhe 
 va - tion, Re-d 
 fore him, Up - 
 to - rious, Non 
 
 1 ' 1 
 
 I.ord of life and 
 emp-tion in his r 
 on his words at - 1 
 lore that foe shall ] 
 
 ^0—fi — ^ — 
 
 — ^^z:l 
 
 love; All ; 
 lame ; Re-sc 
 :end, With n 
 rise, And li 
 
 -g-; ^ 
 
 ;ouls to him ^ire 
 )und it, all ere - 
 nind -and heart, a - d 
 ght from heav’n all g 
 
 p# « 0-f — , 
 
 giv - en, 
 a ■ tion, 
 lor - ing 
 lo - rious 
 
 «— 1 
 
 
 —0 j 1 [„ 
 
 — 0 _□ 
 
 
 <0 0 0 — 
 
 =F— F P -5- 
 
 
 -0 0 0 -! ' 0 — 
 
 -\ 1 1 h 
 
 — 
 
 — 1 1 
 
 I I ✓ 
 
 1 1 
 
 
 D L ^ 
 
 
 -ft- b •- 
 
 ^ ^ ' 
 
 H - 1 " - 
 
 -m 0 « # 0 — 
 
 r-0 ' — 1 ^ - 1 ^ 
 
 -h d—d — ^ ^ 
 
 Z^? Z^— 1 ..3 
 
 M -aj - 
 
 rmi :>J -J -mi 
 
 
 A d—d —^ — A 
 
 V • 00 m 0.0 
 
 W W 9 9 9 
 
 
 » # ^ ® - 
 
 d z* H 
 
 mJ 1 . j ^ 
 
 soul that thro’ weakness Would gain the Good Land, The soul that thro’ weakness Would gain the Good I>and. 
 
 m m m 0 ^ ^ d d d 0 im ^ dm S N 
 
 * U iB -A — Jdft J 
 
 
 
 
 - |— p_ -| _ 
 
 [-1 / i i 
 
 
 ff III S « 
 
 -% f — f—d — H 
 
 r ]? '-d — y -\ y 4y 
 
 
 
 Ill f - 
 
 f-- 1 f - J 1 
 
 1 " 1 ✓ ^ ^ ^ I 
 
 
 
 C7 h/ -1 
 
 -y- 
 
 } y V — -» — H 
 
120 
 
 Mrs. F. A. F. Wood White. 
 
 Nearing Home. 
 
 
 
 
 Mrs. Claea H. Scott. 
 
 K 
 
 1. At the door of my 
 
 2. I liave wan-der’d in 
 
 3. \’et, perchance, e’er I 
 
 A 
 
 
 :=r 
 
 
 tent I am sit - ting, As an - oth - er day’s jour - ney is o’er; 
 
 wil - der - ness pla - ces, Un-der skies oft by clouds o - ver - cast; 
 
 rest in that shad - ow. There stretch-es a long, drea-ry way; 
 
 A • #- ^ 
 
 m 
 
 
 
 - • — » — P — 
 
 
 » g g — — 
 
 
 And I think I can just see the glim - mer Of the light on the ev - er-green shoTl^ 
 
 But I know when my jour - ney is end - ed, I shall rest in the sun-light at last. 
 
 And my heart will be wea - ry of wait - ing. As I wmi-der from day un - to day; 
 
 
 0 — 0 — r 
 
 
 f f f f- ^rn- 
 
 :sz=|i — 
 
 
 y ■ 
 
 1 can hear in 
 
 
 
 * 
 
 m 
 
 the dis tance the ech - oes That come from the land of the blest; 
 
 Per - haps but a league or two on - ward. And the mist will be lift - ed be - tween. 
 
 But if, at the close of life’s ev’n - ing, I may feel the soft touch of the breeze 
 
 
 t=t 
 
 - b— 
 
 I 
 
Nearing Home — Conci.uded. 
 
 121 
 
 
 "~h "h ^ ■ 
 
 
 ;q - f 
 
 
 — 
 
 if’i ^ 
 
 _ _ -| 
 
 
 
 
 -m 1 « r 
 
 
 m 
 
 
 
 jm tf “N 
 
 • ^ ^ ' 
 
 
 
 4lt * 
 
 
 \ # w 
 
 I- . I 
 
 
 0 0 0 
 
 ^ 2 0 t 
 
 
 
 E ^ ^ 
 
 J 
 
 And I long for the mes-sage of wel-come, N( 
 
 And I’ll find that I stand in the shad - ow C 
 
 I will wait till my jour - ney is o - ver, Fc 
 
 3W to 
 )f the tn 
 )r the li 
 
 p. f 
 
 ^ • * r f 
 
 en - ter the val -ley of rest. 
 
 ?es with their ban-ner of green, 
 ght of the ev-er- green trees, 
 
 f- ^ . 
 
 
 
 r 1 
 
 
 . 
 
 [ 
 
 
 - r 1 • 1 
 
 0 • 0 1 
 
 
 
 % W W 1 
 
 - 
 
 t 
 
 
 1 
 
 r r 1 
 
 
 
 ~w w W 1 
 
 * — — * — f 
 
 4—^—4 
 
 — i- - 
 
 - 1 
 
 i 
 
 i 
 
 i"«==’( 1 
 
 IL_^ 
 
 ' V v~- 
 
 i y ^ ^ 
 
 -W-- 0 » — 0. 
 
 1 1 5! j! 
 
 ^ 1 
 
 ^ 1 
 
 ^ ]y U 
 
 ■ 
 
 Chorus. 
 
 I’m long - ing to en - ter the val ' - ' ley of rest, 
 
 PI 
 
 
 A- #■ 
 
 -» 0 - 
 
 •‘ p — 9 — f~ r' 
 
 ■frd»rz|!=rf!z:- 
 
 y — y — y — I 
 
 V— 
 
 long’- ing to en - ter the val - ley of rest. I'm long- ing to en - ter the val - ley of rest, 
 
 
 
 The beau - ti - I'ul val 
 
 M. ^ ^ M. 
 
 
 f 
 
 ley, 
 
 
 V — y — \/~ 
 
 sweet val 
 
 #. ^ ^ JL 
 
 -3 » -7- #- 
 
 ley of 
 
 :=f: 
 
 
 m. 
 
 The beau - ti • ful val - ley, sweet val - ley of rest. 
 
 k/ 1/ 1/ 
 
 The val - ley, sweet val - ley of 
 
 
 rest. 
 
123 
 
 Fall in Line. 
 
 From Golden Rule, by per. 
 
 Maria Straub. 
 
 
 
 1. They are the no - ble 
 
 2. When sti'ong temp-ta - tions 
 
 3 - 
 
 «»— .-■ 
 
 S. W. Strau*. 
 
 and the true, Who seek to do the right; 
 do a - rise, To lead us in - to sin; 
 
 The sol - dier true, goes bold - ly forth. With firm and fear - less tread ; 
 
 mn 
 
 
 ;esee 
 
 y_.JL 
 
 
 0- 
 
 \ \ ^ 
 
 Who strive to walk in 
 ’Tis brave to heed that 
 With cer - tain vie - to- 
 
 1 I - N 
 
 
 
 
 
 I ^ *11 
 
 wisdom’s ways, And keep their honor bright; Theirs is the bliss-ful path of peace. No dang-er need they 
 kind-ly voice, That “still , small voice within.” True manhood comes of motives pure, And scorns not to o- 
 ry in view, He knows no fear or dread; O fol low bn in du-ty’s line. And nothing shall a- 
 
 ^ f »— r-»-‘ — »— * 
 
 
 :5=s|; 
 
 - 0 — 0 - 
 
 
 ^ S- -Hh 
 
 
 
 
 
 Ie£ 
 
 
 Chorus. 
 
 1 ^ 
 
 l/ I i I * - 0 - • 
 
 heed; O fol - low then the good and true, Wher-ev - er they may lead, 
 bey The ho - ly pre-cept love may give, O fol - low, ’tis the way. 
 larm; Tread bold that path, ’twill lead you where Temptations never harm. 
 
 ¥ 
 
 
 
 E 
 
 
 -iZ tiizi: 
 
 ‘Fall in line,” Foryvard march 
 'Fall in line,” etc. 
 
 'Fall in line,” etc. 
 
 ! . h I 
 
 ' < 9 - 
 
 
 
 — 
 
Fall in Line— Concluded. 123 
 
 
 ... ... 
 
 
 R-n 
 
 
 
 
 
 i- 
 
 j- 
 
 
 =# ? ? 
 
 -■■Jj ■ 
 
 1 m 0 ^ 
 
 
 mJ 
 
 
 . ■ T 
 
 ! ' 1 
 
 
 
 W-. ■ 
 
 Stea - dy for the right; 0 
 
 fol - low on my boys, be brave, And keep your hon-or bright. 
 
 Jsi- 
 
 ^ t — '0 — 0 — 
 
 J March for- ward; 
 
 1 . h-3 i 
 
 =r r 
 
 J f t 
 
 
 cg_; — 0 
 
 T| 
 
 
 (3-> \ # 
 
 -1 |^_J ^ 
 
 
 — p- — ^ ^ — 
 
 M U-J 1 
 
 ija-i ■*; 
 
 With spirit. 
 
 Grod Speed the Right 
 
 i’fc* 
 
 5 
 
 - 0 — 0 - 
 I I 
 
 b3 
 
 333 
 
 
 I -i- : 4 - •'ll 
 
 1. Now to heav’n our pray’r ascending, Godspeed the right ! In a noble cause contending, God speed the right ! 
 
 2. Be that pray’r again re-peat-ed, God speed the right ! Ne’er despairing, tho’ defeated, God speed the right! 
 
 3. Patient, firm and presevering, God speed the right ! Ne’er the face of danger fearing, God speed the right ! 
 
 4. Still their onward course pursuing, God speed the right ! Ev’ry foe at length sub-du-ing, God speed the right! 
 
 I i -J- . I I j ! j h I I -0- • ^ ■ I I I I ^ 
 
 Arr. from the German, by S. W. S. 
 
 ^ 3 ; 
 
 ^^4--::gr:gr 
 
 
 ia; 
 
 -F&- 
 
 
 ^-•TC 
 
 ^:E| 
 
 Duet. 
 
 
 Chorus. 
 
 Be their zeal in heav’n recorded. With success on earth re-ward-^d, God speed the right ! God speed the right!. 
 Like the good and great in story. If they fail, they fail with glo-ry. Godspeed the right! God speed the right ! 
 Pains, nor toils, nor trials heeding, And in heav’n’s own time succeding, God speed the right ! God speed the right ! 
 Truth, thy cause, whate’er delays it. There’s no pow’r on earth can stay it, God speed the right! God speed the right! 
 
124 
 
 Roses of Life 
 
 i 
 
 Mary A. Straub. 
 jr-,. i-H N- 
 
 
 
 
 
 W. A. Ogdbk 
 
 ■N .N 
 
 — 1 
 
 1 
 
 
 
 
 
 1. Kind words and sweet «;miles are the ros - es of life, 
 
 2. No place on the earth is so wel-come to me, 
 
 3. The ro - ses of life, so pre-cious and fair. 
 
 
 1 
 
 That bloom in the gar - dens of love ; 
 Or trea - sure the heart can be - stow, 
 Will bloom in the lone - li - est spot, 
 
 ^ — # — I* — - — 
 
 
 
 1 
 
 
 
 i=^ 
 
 
 
 They twine round the heart and they bright- en the home, Re-freshed by the dews from a-t)ove; 
 
 As ten - der e - mo - tions that swell in the heart. And smile on the lips as they flow. 
 
 And glad - den the hearts of the stran-gers that pass, Or bright - en the low - li - est cot. 
 
 - 0 - 
 
 
 agEEg 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 S ! 
 
 1 
 
 -H 
 
 
 
 ! 'A 1 
 
 i — hn 
 
 E-j. 
 
 n ”1 
 
 1 J 
 
 
 J 
 
 w. 
 
 
 
 
 
 Sweet peace and glad joy, long 
 No ac - cents so dear, no 
 
 O cher - ish those ros - es, 
 
 ling - er 
 mag - ic 
 thorn-less and 
 
 
 -» — 
 
 EE 
 
 a-round The 
 so strong. To 
 fair. The 
 
 place so 
 charm the 
 fiow’rs that 
 i I 
 
 
 charm 
 
 pain 
 
 bloom 
 
 ing and bright, 
 of niy heart, 
 in the heart; 
 
 -y-:. 
 
 
125 
 
 Roses of Life — Concluded, 
 
 
 — 
 
 ^ ^ ^ -4 
 
 r-^ ^• 
 
 ^ 1 
 
 " — h' 
 
 
 , , -i 
 
 
 
 
 — i — i — 
 
 * ^ 
 
 —J X- 
 
 
 M 
 
 zip_ 
 
 
 » 
 
 HI 
 
 • # # # # 
 
 
 
 ■ # 
 
 9 
 
 _i^ • 
 
 bi 
 
 And bright an-gels stoop 
 
 with 
 
 glad-den-ing grace, To whis - per glad words of 
 
 W 
 
 de-light. 
 
 Fjf- 
 
 No 
 
 fragrance so sweet, 
 
 so 
 
 hal-low’d and pure, As 
 
 ros - es 
 
 of life 
 
 may 
 
 im - 
 
 part. 
 
 
 Their 
 
 fragrance is balm 
 
 to the 
 
 wea-ry and faint. And life to 
 
 the fam 
 
 - ish - 
 
 ing heart. 
 
 
 ) 
 
 I N ,N 1 
 
 1^1 
 
 A 
 
 S- Lj 
 
 
 f" 
 
 -f 
 
 -f-1 
 
 1 
 
 
 
 
 W 
 
 t 
 
 i- — h t 1— . 
 
 J ^ 
 
 1 ' 
 
 
 tr-d 
 
 If ^ 
 
 1 Z 
 
 U ^ 1 1 
 
 X — ^ — y. — L 
 
 ^ y y-j 
 
 ij J 
 
1 
 
 
 126 
 
 Not too slow. 
 
 When the Mist shall Pass Away. 
 
 Words and Melody by Mary A. Straub. 
 
 
 
 
 -ai# 
 
 zit^zpzr: 
 
 3= 
 
 
 
 ;. Tho’ mists hang thick around, Andlightisfaint within, There’s golden light beyond, That shadows never dim; And 
 
 2. Tho’cloudsareo’ermyhead,And day seems almost gone, I see the Father’s hand,That gently leads me on; And 
 
 3, When dim the light of day. As shadows gather round. I’ll catch a falling ray Of glo-ry bright beyond,Where 
 
 L4 
 
 
 
 T" 
 
 
 
 
 5 ^ 
 
 -t- V 
 
 i. 
 
 thro’ the dimming vail I hear the Father say, “My child, be not dis-mayed. The mist shall pass a -way.” 
 thro’ the wid’ning rift A lov-ing Savior made, I hear the ten-der words, “ My child, be not a - fraid.” 
 eyes will ne’er grow dim,Andshadows fall no more. I’ll bask in fadeless light. Be - yond the mist-y shore. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 I 
 
 5t. 
 
When the Mist shall Pass Away — Concluded. 127 
 
Ninety and Nine. 
 
 Dodob. 
 
 V) 
 
 Th«=;er.n™=.ya„d„ine .ha. safe - ly lay In 
 
 o “ T^rd. Thou hast here Thy ninety and nine. Are t y g xT„.-i..a,„rio,.Vyi,achV...n;<yhfthattheLordDass’dth 
 
 
 
 f=^ 
 
 
 Far off from the gates of gold 
 Has wan-der’d a - way from me 
 
 A - way on the mountains wild and bare, A - way from the ten -der Shep-herd’s care. 
 And al-though the road be rough and steep, I go to the desert to find my sheep. 
 
 Ere he found hissheep that waslosL^.^^. ^O^ut^^m^ t^he^des^- ert^he W 
 
 ' Re-joice 1 I have found my 
 
i 
 
 Chorus. 
 
 Ninety and Nine— Concluded. 
 
 129 
 
 
 3: 
 
 j/ 1 / ^ ^ -0- -0- V m m w i/ 1 
 
 A - way on the mount-ains, wild and bare, A - way from the Shep-herd’s ten - der care, He 
 ) The glad an-gels ech - o ’round the throne, “ Re-joice, for the Lord brings back his own,” The 
 
 M -0- ^ i 
 
 Tit it 
 
 -wh-^w 
 
 
 : — -ii: 
 
 ^ ^ b 
 
 
 U U l> 
 
 
 hears its cries 
 glad angels ech 
 
 -It ^ n— 
 
 _ \ ^ ^ 
 
 in the des - ert bleak. And hast - ens 
 o ’round the throne, “ Re -joice, for 
 
 - 
 
 
 
 ■^=r 
 
 a - way to find his sheep, 
 
 the Lord brings back his own.” 
 ^*"1 'T /tn • 
 
 
 St. Thomas. 
 
 A. Williams. 
 
 
 O Lord our God a - rise 1 The cause of truth main-tain ; And wide o'er all the peo-pled world Ex-tend her bless-ed reign. 
 
 .. jf t‘ 
 
 3. O Ho - ly Spir - It, rise ! Ex -pand thy heav’nly wing, And 
 
 2. Thou Prince of life, a - rise! Nor let thy glo-ry cease; Far 
 
 4. Oh, all ye nations, rise ! 
 
 wluc u cr All uic wuiita 
 
 spread the conquests of thy grace,And bless the earth with peace, 
 o’er a dark and ruin'd world Let light and or - dei spring. 
 
 To God our Sav-ior sing; Fromshore to shore,from earth to heav’n, Let echoing anthems ring. 
 
 I 
 
 d. 
 
 
 ^ . 
 
 
 
130 
 
 The Comforter. 
 
 M. S. 
 
 
 
 
 J. R. Murray. 
 
 
 
 '■i 
 
 . Hear the prom - ise of sol 
 
 ace and cheer, *‘l will send you a Com-for - ter dear; 
 
 2. With thy prom - ise of com - fort and cheer, O our Sav - ior we need nev - er fear; 
 
 3. Heav - ’nly Dove, O thou Spir - it of rest. Fold thy pin-ions with - in the sad breast; 
 
 :te=F- 
 
 -t/ 
 
 m 
 
 
 
 
 4 - 
 
 
 9’ 
 
 He will tell you of me and of mine; O re-ceive him the Spir - it Di-vine,” 
 When dread dark-ness the soul doth en - tomb. Thy good Spir -it may scat - ter the gloom. 
 Soothe the heart with the heal - ing of - love. Bless - ed Mes-sen - ger, sent from a - bove. 
 
 -y— ti 
 
 £^0 
 
 V ^ 
 
The Comforter — Concluded. 131 
 
 « N N .S / . ^ S , 
 
 
 /7\ 
 
 W \ - -M M M 1 
 
 T 0 m j 
 
 H>r -V -K h'' ^ 
 
 
 k. 
 
 K N. 1 n 
 
 
 
 
 1 ■ 
 
 
 
 f i 1 J 
 
 L J J 
 
 Ti J J '• ■ m 
 
 
 
 C2 1 P ; tI 
 
 
 .0 m ^ i ' • 
 
 9 0. 9. • 
 
 
 
 f 9 d i H 
 
 -9 -9 -0- -0- -0 
 
 • -0 
 
 _ • -«• -9 • 
 
 -9- -9- -9- -9- -0- -C- -0- -0- • 
 
 Spir - it of Truth, thou bright Heav’nly Dove, Bear us the comforts of “Joy, peace and love.’ 
 
 
 p p p J — 
 
 T 
 
 ^ S • 1 
 
 ^ ^ 
 
 C 1 
 
 E 1 
 
 T P — S • 
 
 9*k-H 
 
 J b b • ^ 
 
 1 I I 
 
 1 
 
 \f T T \ 
 
 P # 1 
 
 
 
 ^ 1 ^* ■ ■ Ir f* 1 — ; 
 
 
 L __L 
 
 J J J 
 
 1 I II ! 
 
 
 Ht P l<* ' 
 
 L— W!zr. 
 
 ir w — ] 
 
 ✓ ^ P 
 
 1 ^ V w 1 
 
 !✓' b/ 1 
 
 
 » r P 1 
 
 P U P W 
 
132 
 
 Maria Straub. 
 Maestoso. 
 
 -N N- 
 
 A Hundred Years! (Centennial.) 
 
 
 
 
 rt- 
 
 
 S. W, Straub. 
 
 -N 
 
 
 
 
 1. A hun - dred years! and still we be The hon - or’d and the no - ble free; Still 
 
 2. A. hun - dred years ! and still we share The bless - ings sweet of free - dom fair ; Still 
 
 3. A hun - dred years! since woke the morn That her - aid - ed a na - tion born! A 
 
 
 'i=^~ 
 
 
 
 -0 — — 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 ■<r 
 
 glows up - on his - tor - ic page The name of our blest her - it - age ; Land of our fa - thers 
 beams the star that led the way, And ush - er’d in our na - tal day! Land of the no - ble 
 land whose pow’r the des- pot own’d, Lay in each loy - al heart enthron’d. Kind Fa-ther dear, who 
 
 ^ 15 
 
 — 0- 
 
 
 
 
 rjv 
 
 
 -#-i — ^-0- 
 
 
 
 t--v— F 
 
 f 
 
 
 -N--4- 
 
 and our own. Our coun - try dear, our cher-ish’d home ; \Ve know the pow’r and bless-ings free, A 
 
 and the blest. The home and ref - uge of th’oppress’d; We love the name her fame has won. Oh, 
 
 made us free, Our na - tion con - se - crate to thee; Be this a land in hon - or strong. Thro’ 
 
 - A. . h i5 I h 
 
 -m—z- 
 
 
A Hundred Years! — Concluded. 
 
 133 
 
 f 
 
 Chorus. 
 
 N 
 
 ?! 
 
 -N- «- 
 
 
 -fcH- 
 
 
 
 *-r 
 
 
 hun-dred years have giv - en thee! 
 be her glo - ry * but be - gun ! 
 
 all the ma - ny years to come ! 
 
 ■Jj' i '' 
 
 A HUNDRED YEARS thro’ hopes and fears, A hundred years thro' 
 A HUNDRED YEARS, etc. 
 
 A HUNDRED YEARS, elC. 
 
 — s-r- -V- 
 
 1 ? SU 
 
 A jt. 
 
 z5br^r?rfcMr:::fa 
 
 ff. 
 
 
 and tears ; 
 
 -•i- 
 
 — 
 
 A HUNDRED years, and still are we 
 
 
 
 The na-tion of thehon-or’d free! 
 
 m=i 
 
 -9- 
 
 ~P- 
 
 
 •9- • ~9~ ~9“ * "9“ 4— -P- 4— g. ^ -9~ • m M m 
 
 M. S. 
 
 irifvizKz: 
 
 
 Happy. (Infant Class.) 
 
 ‘ -K- 
 
 
 s. w. s. 
 
 
 t=i 
 
 
 i 
 
 ' - - s r 
 
 1. Happy, happy we might be, If we would, it we would; Happy, would we only try To be good, to be good. 
 
 2. Happy, happy we may be. If we will, if we will; Happy, if each promise good We fulfill, we ful-fill. 
 
 3. Happy, happy we shall be. When no ill, when no ill Comes of all we think or do,With good will, with good will. 
 
 -# — 0-9—0- r 0-0-0 0 — 0- 
 
 
134 
 
 M. S. 
 
 Bright Angels Meet Me! 
 
 1. Dawn up-on me, world oflight, When I die, when I die; Bear me home, ye an - gels bright, 
 
 2. I would- see the light ap-pear. When I go, when I go. See my guardians kind draw near, 
 
 . - 0 - - 0 - 
 
 0~^ 
 
 
 ¥=£: 
 
 
 
 -i-i- 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 When I die. 
 When I go. 
 
 
 when I die. When I near the si-lent stream, Bor - der of, the land un seen, 
 when I go. When I leave my earth-ly home. May I feel my work well done, 
 
 ^ f --#- ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ 
 
 ^-0- 
 
 
 
 a 
 
 
 -F— ^ 
 
 ✓ i 
 
 
 fs-— 
 
 — fv— ! 
 
 — 1 j 
 
 
 fs fs N 1 lu ^ ^ ^ 1 IL 
 
 ■■{ jV," t" •'i ^ »| -t — 
 
 r-- 
 
 ~4 
 
 -0 1 0 — 
 
 4^ ^ *F- 
 
 -ai — ij— -J— F— »i— ^ % 
 
 -0- -0 -#■ • 
 
 Fa-ther, make me still thy care, Let thy an-gels meet me there. Bright angels meetme, Bright angels greet me* 
 Then I know that an-gels fair, Angels bright will meet me there. Bright angels, etc. 
 
 
 
 -W 0 — »- 
 
 £ 
 
 I 
 
 - 0 —^— 0 - 
 - 0 - ■ ■ 
 
 V 
 
135 
 
 Bright Angels meet Me — Goncluded. 
 
 In the Garden of the Lord. 
 
 M. E. Servoss. 
 
 Moderato. 
 
 W, A. Ogdhn. 
 
 
 4 — -#-5-# 0 -^- 5- 
 
 
 ■p^=:Ei:^r3 
 
 « 0 -: ^0 
 
 ^ -0 0 
 
 1. In the irar-den of the Lord, There is a work for ev - ’ry one,* 
 
 2. Prun-inj^ some un - fruit - ful tree, Or train-ing up some ten - der vine; 
 
 3. When the time of reap-ing comes Oh, then shall ev - ’ry heart re - joice. 
 
 Sow - ing 
 How, when 
 For with 
 
 i§*yy 
 
 w=^- 
 
 & 
 
 
 -0 0 0 0 *- 1— 
 
 seeds of 
 work - ing 
 ea - ger 
 
 iE^zzz^ziii 
 
136 
 
 In the Garden of the Lord — Concluded. 
 
 ^ ^ 1 ! 
 
 r-3_J r* N 
 
 IT 1 
 
 9 9 * 
 
 
 1 
 
 1 -j^ 1 
 
 1 \ ^ W 1 # 
 
 lifc j 
 
 
 
 1 € 
 
 .1' ^ 1 
 
 1 *1 ® r n ' 
 
 
 
 u_i 1 
 
 
 ] i ^ 
 
 
 1 ^ r 
 
 
 Off 9 ^ 
 
 
 ] ^ 
 
 J s 1 -9 
 
 -•-■1 
 
 Watch - ing each sweet bud ex - pand, Root - ing up the weeds and tares, W; 
 
 Bind - ing up the gold - en wheat, Lay - ing fruits of earn - est toil, i 
 
 For the child - ren of our King, When we meet a - round his throne, Ai 
 
 *- e . j . * fr t ■ 
 
 ' 
 
 ith a 
 \t our 
 ad our 
 
 
 p. 9 - 
 
 -4^ L P2- 
 
 i* 
 
 l 9 H« 
 
 1 j — _ 
 
 L 
 
 r- 
 
 ■r - X. = 
 
 
 -| 1- 
 
 
 > k W 
 
 
 ■ — 1 — -1 , 1- 1 
 
 — b — 
 
 H 
 
 i 1 
 
 — r 
 
 1 f ^ 
 
 
 1 , 1 1 
 
 
 
 L. r m J J 
 
 >* 
 
 I r • # - ! 
 
 I 
 
 1 J 
 
 1 1 
 
 
 
 ^ • \ 
 
 - L. • 2« 
 
 
 
 t 1 1 M 
 
 
 \yj7 r r ^ tl/ 
 
 & 
 
 2 • r ^ ® 
 
 5 
 
 i M t 9 _2 
 
 9 m d Z 
 
 ! ^ . 
 
 C^li !'l ^ii ^ ^ m m m ^ 
 
 firm and pa - tient hand. Let us work while it is day, Ere the dark-’ning shade o 
 
 lov - ing Sav - ior’s feet. Let us work, etc. 
 
 har - vest home we sing. Let us work, etc. 
 
 ^ c ^ ^ J J ^ 1 
 
 9 
 
 f 
 
 1 
 
 6 - 
 
 r r ' ' 
 
 
 r « m 
 
 I r 
 
 T 9 9 
 
 
 w. w. w 
 
 
 J.' L i _ 
 
 } ^ 
 
 r iff 
 
 i r 
 
 1 1 . 
 
 
 
 1 
 
 ^ ^ ^ 
 
 4- "4 
 
 \—9 — w t p — ^ 
 
 
 e « 9-^9 
 
 
 J J 1 
 
 1 
 
 ; 1 1 1 
 
 1 
 
 l_H P 1 
 
 
 1 
 
 L# 
 
 0 9 9 
 
 
 
 
 qnzi^ iTj 
 
 — 1 ^ — 1 ^ 
 
 =• « 
 
 _j 1 f_ 
 
 -gj — — ^ — i-f 
 
 
 fe -±=zz| '^=± 
 
 
 -i 4^- J — ^ ^ 
 
 J- 
 
 
 ^ -£4l 
 
 
 9 9 
 
 ^ - 9 - -®- . 
 
 — r — p 
 
 ^9 ^1—9 9—9— 
 
 ' — T -r-^ 
 
 
 
 eve - ning come. 
 
 Let us work and watch and pray. Till our 
 
 Fa - ther calls us home. 
 
 
 
 - 9 - - 9 - - 9 - 9- 
 
 ■ 9 - 9- - 9 - -9- 
 
 f- - 
 
 J J 
 
 
 c. 
 
 V» 9 9 9 
 
 i i_ k* 
 
 "p 9 1 1 T 
 
 
 i 
 
 
 
 
 ^ H p 
 
 1 1 ' 
 
 -F h 
 
 
 -£-l — 
 
 ~ ; F F F 
 
 ~P - f - -1 h- 
 
 -9 9 9 9 - 9 - - 
 
 Ih H , y_y_ 
 
 h 
 
 
 
M, E. Sbrvoss. 
 
 Come Up Higher. 
 
 
 
 S, W. Straub. 
 
 137 
 
 
 
 
 1. Come up high-er, till the Fa - ther Lays his hand up - on thy head, And the bless-ings he has pi*om-is’d 
 
 2. Come up high-er, till the bil - lows Round thy life have ceased to roll, And thy ship has reached its harbor, 
 
 3 . Come up high-er, and draw oth - ers With the mag-net of the Lord, Till the heart has reached its haven, 
 
 
 
 
 tzizr 
 
 :f= 
 
 
 
 
 J — — I 1 S|- 
 
 * Hh -#■ -#■ 
 
 N ^ 
 
 _ _ _ 
 
 To his chil-dren have been said. And the peace that knows no wav’ring Has set - tied in thy breast. 
 And thy feet their prom-is’d goal; Till the heart that has been trust-ing In the full - ness of God’s love. 
 And thy soul its great re - ward; For the souls that thou hast gathered. When the Lord makes up his own, 
 
 h . ^ 
 
 P 
 
 m 
 
 ' L ^ — -» — » — » — » — ^ 
 
 
 f: 
 
 
 -N— 
 
 -h— 
 
 Chorus. 
 
 N 
 
 
 
 — # - 
 
 -0- 
 
 nal 1 
 
 
 ■:4zz 
 
 m 
 
 y' ^ 
 
 A'nd the feet that lohg have wan-dered Have found e - ter - nal rest. Come up high - er, ev - er high-er. 
 Can dis-cern,with un-sealed vis - ion, Heaven’s olive branch and dove. Come up high - er, etc. 
 
 Shall be count-ed to thy hon - or, A nfl_ be stars up - on thy crown. Come up high - er, etc. 
 
 _ ,S 
 
 -# p 
 
 SES 
 
138 Come Up Higher.— Concluded. 
 
 M. S. spirited. SctlVa-tlOH. S. W. S. 
 
 H 
 
 ri — k — 
 
 r-J:^ P ^ ^ 
 
 Hri — ■ f—j J T — 1 
 
 A 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 1 1 ^ H ->- ^ -j- , 
 
 
 
 
 hi’ ^ '■■ ■■' wi'" P ^ 0' 
 
 • 
 
 •. m ^ • -S- • • 
 
 9mm ^ 
 
 u 
 
 I. Sal - 
 
 va - tion! 0 the joy - ful theme, Sal - 
 
 va - tion through Im - man-uel’s name; We’ll 
 
 2. Sal - 
 
 va - tion full, sal - va - tion free, Sal - 
 
 va - tion free for you and me! We’ll 
 
 » 
 
 
 99999^^^ 
 
 
 r* n ^ r- ^ ' r ^ 
 
 r i ‘ ; « m S S n 
 
 
 ri ^ (- ri ^ \ ri 
 
 1 1 r r 1 r ■ 
 
 1? 4 « 
 
 
 
 / 4 • 1 
 
 ii * ^ ^ ^ r 
 
 » ^ f U* -i 
 
 ✓ 
 
 
 ^ t;r y ^ 
 
 V 
 
Salvation — Concluded. 139 
 
 Chorus. 
 
 if 
 
 lions have own’d and felt its sway, Sal - va - tion is their song to - day. Let the song of salvation roll, 
 when we join th’immonal tnrong, Sal- va- tion still shall be our song. Let the song, etc. 
 
 fS g_| 
 
 h — h — h--y' L/--F — ! 
 
 
 -f» — 
 
 j 
 
 
 li 
 
 
 
 m 
 
 .n_L N N N > ^ _ 
 
 N 
 
 h ^ h. ^ 
 
 ^ V T n ^ N. h. 
 
 ^ . .J. 1 ’ ft. ft. ft 
 
 1 
 
 ft M 
 
 J js ^ n 
 
 JtrUr r • # J J . -N 
 
 
 
 
 1 • 
 
 •- m J m 
 
 rm*' » J 1 1 5 1 j J 
 
 
 
 1 
 
 m ^ m i-i 
 
 vi/ t i # m 2 ^ * 
 
 9 : 1 ' _ # ■« -i « ir^' 
 
 
 2 1 
 
 2 ii 
 
 p ^ ™ ^ » m 9 9 » » » 9 * 
 
 ^ , 
 
 0’42r the earth from pole to pole, And when we join th’immortal throng, Sal-va-tion still shall be our song. 
 
 9 9 9 ^ m 9 ^ 9 9 9 9 9 # _ _N . . ^ 
 
 
 I I j » 
 
 1 — r 
 
 i 9 2 n 
 
 
 '( 1 ' * 1 r" 1 1 1 
 
 1 
 
 -"S- f- f -H 
 
 It M 1 t 1 if 
 
 
 jr > 
 
 i r r r, n t "H 
 
 1 ^ c ? L r c V 
 
 r • r * j?' :P - 
 
 — H- — — r 
 
 . 1^ L 
 
 u ^ ^ f rl 
 
 ✓ i/ ^ ^ ^ 
 
 
140 
 
 We Welcome You Here. (Opening of Concert.) 
 
 s. w. s. 
 
 _fS_ _S 
 
 
 
 s. w. s. 
 
 A — I — 
 
 
 
 £sef[ 
 
 1. We wel-come you here, we wel-come you here; We greet you with songs, with songs of good cheer; 
 
 2. Wedl sing of the love, the won-der - ful love Of Je - sus who came from heav-en a - hove; 
 
 3. O sweet is our un - ion, sweet is our song, U-nite with us all, the cho - rus pro-long; 
 
 
 
 m 
 
 O list while we sing, O list while we sing. We sing of the Sav - ior, Je - sus our King! 
 
 Who left his bright home, sal - va-tion to bring. We’ll sing of the Sav - ior, Je - sus our King! 
 
 U - nit - ed in love a - gain we will sing. We’ll sing of the Sav - ior, Je - sus our King ! 
 
 -c- 
 
 i=Sl 
 
 
 in 
 
141 
 
 We Welcome You Here — Concluded. 
 
 
 n > > -h 
 
 
 . N .. . 
 
 N N 
 
 s 
 
 J ^ 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 J . 'T n T 
 
 \ 
 
 J 
 
 J ] J i' ’ 
 
 
 1 
 
 
 1 n ^ , - 1 
 
 / 
 
 ■j— 
 
 4 
 
 
 ? — 
 
 
 « d 
 
 -J — «' — « — 
 
 J — 
 
 _d — 
 
 J d i rj i 
 
 L 
 
 ip •» * » # 
 
 Free - ly we’ll bring 
 
 li — 
 our ( 
 — # 
 
 1 * 
 
 3 f-f’rings 
 r# # — 
 
 S 
 
 of 
 
 — J J 
 
 praise; For 
 — 1 1 
 
 \-a — # — , 
 Je - sus our K: 
 
 -<V ■#- ■( 
 
 ing, 
 
 9 - 
 
 ig — 
 
 Our so 
 
 - 0 - 
 
 tt — dzirj — jtnz-dJ 
 
 mgs we will raise. 
 rl 1 F #- r» 
 
 9 'fc— f='=S— 
 
 f 
 
 — » 
 
 T — f — 
 
 
 
 4 b"" b— 
 
 £ £— 
 
 
 
 y 
 
 
 -y 
 
 — ^ ^ 
 
 'f- f f \ 
 
 ^ f 
 
 f— j* 1 - -H 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 ! 'y 
 
 y y y i 
 
 
 y 
 
 y ^ y 
 
 Mrs. Cora J. Foster. 
 
 Nearer, my Savior, I Come. 
 
 JuDSON Osborne. 
 
 — - — N-~Mn 
 
 
 1 ih 
 
 
 Q IJ 
 
 ^ ^- 0-^ 
 
 
 L-h^ 
 
 f- 
 
 -# 
 
 
 
 Irjj: 
 
 T, 
 
 •i 
 
 
 v-g-i 
 
 
 V V ^ ^ 
 
 1. Nearer, my Savior, I come, As life rolls so swiftly away ; 1 ^ tv, • fv f 
 
 Nearer to thee and'iuy home, {Omit.) In the bright regions of day ; / ®^r-er eriv-er at 
 
 2 . Oh, for the wings of a dove, To soar above sorrow and pain, Ip. , 
 
 To enter those mansions of love, (Omit.) Npv-pr rn snf-fr^r n-cmin ? < epa lence o 
 
 Nev-er to suf-fer a-gain: j 
 
 
 'i ^ 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 V k' ✓ k ✓ ✓ 
 
 
 
 
 1 
 
 -p-#— 
 
 y- 
 
 
 
 
 ✓ ✓ 
 
 flows Dark, between that world and this. Nearer the end of earth’s woes. Nearer the entrance of bliss, 
 wait Till life’s weary journev is o’er. And death shall open the gate That leads to the evergreen shore. 
 
 T~^ 
 
 
 V— I/- 
 
 
 V ^ 
 
143 
 
 Mary A. Straub. 
 
 Yoices of Nature. (For Concert.) 
 
 s. w. s. 
 
 Suggestion. — Two girls advance to the front of the platform and sing the first verse, then they part, making room for a group of two little 
 girls, who advance (but not quite to the front) to which the first group sing the second verse. The third verse is sung by one of the 
 second group, the fourth by the first group, the fifth by the second of the second group, and the sixth by all, standing in one line. 
 
 I. Par-ents and teachers we greet you to-night With words of good cheer and with songs of delight; The 
 
 
 
Voices of Nature-^CoNTiNUED. 143 
 
 2. Welcome, welcome, welcome here, Where have you been my sis - ters dear? O wel-come, wel-come, 
 4. Sis -ter dear, your eyes are bright, What joy is in your heart to-night? O yes, my dear, your 
 
 AH- 6. Na - ture has a voice sublime. It speaks to us of things di - vine, Each bird and laugh-ing 
 
 
 Jt-J- r J : 
 
 
 
 
 1 — rig..»^ m-J — m ^ “*i 
 
 ^ TL 1 ^ a _ ^ rm — m 3 ^ m m a i _ ^ m ^ — zi 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Ti— 4— — — 
 
 M S — 
 
 
 !_- -J-Ji Ui — ^ J—J 
 
 welcome here. Where have you been my sis-ters dear? 3. I’ve been to hear the Rob-in sing, 
 
 eyes are bright. What joy is in your heart to night? 5. I’ve heard the mer-ry laughing rill, 
 
 lit - tie rill. All tell us of God’s ho - ly will. 8va , . 
 
 His 
 
 That 
 
Voices of Nature — Concluded. 
 
 144 
 
 Faith, Hope and Love. FromGoiae»Ruie,byp.r. 
 
 Maria Straub. S, W. Straub. 
 
 Note. — A good effect can be produced by having this sung by sixteen little girls, each bearing a card with one of the letters that compose 
 the title of this piece. All sing the chorus while coming to their places, when those who spell Faith will stand in a row m front of the 
 others. At the close of the first stanza all sing the chorus. Faith marching to the back leaving Hope in front. And so for the third 
 stanza, when Love will be in front. In the fourth stanza, all will stand in a line, spelling Faith Hope and Love, and as they sing the 
 third line, each word will be sung by the ones who spell it. 
 
 Chorus. Allegretto. 
 
 
 ^ s ^ ^ 
 
 1 ^ 
 
 
 1 -IS f— 
 
 
 
 
 4 _p 4 !s_ 
 
 
 
 
 
 a s 
 
 
 « 9* « 9 
 
 0 • r * 0 
 
 € 5 € 0 
 
 5 0 • 
 
 How sweet it is to feel and know, The heav’n - ly gra - ces 
 
 N i Si I 
 
 as we go ; 
 
 -0- - 0 - - 0 - 
 
 
 J ^ 
 
 ^ ^ ^ Im 
 
 r L L L r 
 
 -1 L 1 
 
 T*i ^ r 
 
 
 W W V W 
 
 T f t - id- i \- - 
 
 
 M r F 
 
 
 W » 0 U# 0 2 
 
 b 
 
 1 b r ^ 
 
 ij 
 
 JO ^ — i:z: -iiib 
 
 4“ -\y \ ■■ ■■■*:/■ ^ 
 
 f b h 
 
145 
 
 Faith, Hope and Lore — Concluded. 
 
 I Vi 
 
 ~ 1 T ■ 
 
 J fk, .. 
 
 n T 
 
 0 0 
 
 1 rntr : 1 
 
 
 J J 
 
 
 : J 0 0 
 
 _2 2 « 
 
 J - 1 * 
 
 
 
 
 .0 9 m 0 
 
 ^ T 0 J 
 
 
 « J 1 
 
 
 9 
 
 i 9 
 
 s ^ _ r 
 
 
 
 0 ~~9 — . J 
 
 1 The gen - tie guides that lead the way. In - to the realms of 
 
 end - less day. 
 
 i J 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 r r 1 
 
 . J* 1 L 
 
 * 1 - 1 “ 
 
 
 W ' w w w 
 
 r r r v 
 
 
 
 I / - 
 
 
 1 I 1 II 
 
 
 
 
 1 V 1 
 
 ± _ t? ^ 
 
 • ^ 
 
 ± t U: 
 
 ^ ^ t 0 
 
 f 
 
 r r J ■ 
 
 
 ✓ ! i> 
 
 1 
 
 
 Moderate. 
 
 m 
 
 ^4— P- 
 
 1. God rules while cease-less 
 
 2. Cheer up, faint heart, and 
 
 3. Be rag - ing fires of 
 
 4. We come to com - fort 
 
 ! 
 
 a - ges roll. His laws the might-y worlds con - trolj 
 
 nev - er fear. The dan - gers dark will dis - ap - pear; 
 
 ven-geance quell’d, Dis - cord and ha - tred all dis-pell’d; 
 
 and to cheer. We come to bring sweet heav - en near; 
 
 
 
 — 5 '- 
 
 
 #- - 0 - - 0 - ^ 
 
 Cre - a - tion rests in 
 The .shad - ows soon will 
 True har - mo - ny is 
 
 him 
 
 pass 
 
 sweet 
 
 Faith, hope and love, faith, hope 
 
 
 
 est 
 
 and 
 
 cure, 
 
 way, 
 
 rest, 
 
 love, 
 
 0 - 
 
 
 i 
 
 His prom - ise ev 
 
 The night - time ev 
 
 The peace of heav’n with - in the 
 Will guide you to your home a 
 
 ^ ^0 ^ 
 
 er shall en - dure, 
 er brings the day. 
 
 breast, 
 bove. 
 _i 
 
 10 
 
 i 
 
146 
 
 Watch and Pray. 
 
 nioughtfully. 
 
 * F« — 1 =^ — ,1- 
 
 S. W, StRAOB. 
 N 
 
 ^=f*rS; 
 
 
 M 
 
 Go watch and pray, thou canst not tell How near thine hour may be ; Thou canst not know how soon the bell 
 
 2. Fond youth, while free from blighting care,Does thy firm pulse beat high ? Do hope’s glad visions,bright and fair, 
 
 3. Thou aged man, life’s wint’ry storm Hath seared thy vernal bloom; With trembling limbs, and wasting form, 
 
 ^ ^ ^ -f- ^ ^ ^ — 
 
 — » — 0 — 0 — p5 — ^ 
 
 &-FF V r > 
 
 
 
 i=^E-E- 
 
 T — T~T — 
 
 rw ^ 1 
 
 -19 19 — 9 
 
 
 
 \ 1 , f ! , 
 
 
 m-r- 
 
 L-,-- — — 1- 
 
 1 V 1 U ' 
 
 
 
 
 
 ±=f- 
 
 
 May toll its notes for thee. Death’s countless snares be - set thy way ; Frail child of dust, go watch and pray; 
 Di-late be - fore thine eye? Soon these must change, must pass away; Frail child of dust, go watch and pray; 
 Thou’rt bending o’er the tomb: And can vain hope lead thee astray? Go, wea-ry pil-grim, watch and pray; 
 
 
 i 
 
 and pray 
 
 
 Watch and pray , watch and pray, watch and pray , watch and pray , Frail child of dust,go watch and pray , watch and pray. 
 
 W- 
 
 
 - 0 - 
 
 
 xzzzpzx 
 
 
 
Joyful Tidings 
 
 147 
 
 Maria Straub. 
 
 
 W. A. Ogden. 
 
 
 
 tLt 
 
 ^3^ 
 
 
 
 f J 
 
 r- f * — 
 
 -0 « 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 — 1 1 
 
 _W J ^ 
 
 1. Oh, joy - ful, joy - ful tid - ings, Be-hold the emp-ty tomb, The Sa - vior has a- 
 
 2. Oh, joy - ful, joy - ful tid - ings. The Lord with us a - gain. Re -stor’d the glo-rious 
 
 3. Oh, joy - ful, joy - ful tid - ings. The Lord a - gain to know, Re-joice ye re - en- 
 
 # ^ p. (t y ^ f ^ ^ A 
 
 IB 
 
 ittz:U=:jC5=i^: 
 
 t=t 
 
 
 ■1/ I ^ ^ . 
 
 D. C. Go tell them he ts ns - <fw. The Lord 
 
 ' / i ^ ^ 
 
 gain is here I O spread the 'joy - ful 
 
 ± 
 
 Fine. 
 
 Duet. 
 
 -N-, 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 ris - en. And scat-ter’d is the gloom! 
 
 treas - ure. The life and light of men ! 
 
 light - en’d. With new - born love a - glow! 
 
 s 
 
 He burst the drear - y pris - on. 
 
 He rose to live for - ev - er, 
 
 He comes to cheer and com - fort. 
 
 
 tid - 
 
 mgs. 
 
 Let all the na - tions heart 
 
 Chorus. 
 
 
 
 Duet. 
 
 -N- 
 
 
 Pg 
 
 The Lord of life and light; 
 Tri-umph-ant from the grave; 
 To show us more of love, 
 
 Chorus. 
 
 L 
 
 D. C. 
 
 
 
 
 ‘Go tell them he is ris - en,” They say, the an - gels white. 
 He rose with might-y pow - er To sue -cor and to save! 
 To light us thro’ the dark-ness. And fit us for a - bove! 
 
 
 
 
 
 V I 
 
RESPONSIVE SERVICE, 
 
 FOR EACH MONTH IN THE YEAR. 
 
 JANUARY. 
 
 Superintendent. 
 
 Thus saith the Lord, The heaven is my 
 throne, and the earth is my footstool : where is 
 the house that ye build unto me? and where is 
 the place of my rest ? For all those things 
 hath mine hand made. 
 
 Let the wicked forsake his way, and the 
 unrighteous man his thoughts, and let him 
 return unto the Lord, and he will have mercy 
 upon him, and to our God, for he will abun- 
 dantly pardon. 
 
 As the hart panteth after the waterbrooks, 
 so panteth my soul after thee, O God. 
 
 School. 
 
 My soul thirsteth for God, for the living God ; 
 when shall I come and appear before him ? 
 
 Superintendent. 
 
 Thy words have I hid in my heart, that I 
 might not sin against thee. 
 
 School. 
 
 Blessed art thou, O Lord ; teach me thy 
 statutes. 
 
 Superintendent. 
 
 I will meditate in thy precepts, and have 
 respect unto thy ways. 
 
 School. 
 
 I will delight myself in thy statutes : I will 
 not forget thy word. 
 
 Superintendent. 
 
 Deal kindly with thy servant, that I may 
 live to keep thy word. ♦ 
 
 School. 
 
 Open thou mine eyes, that I may behold 
 wondrous things out of thy law. 
 
 Superintendent. 
 
 Thy word is very pure ; therefore thy ser- 
 vant loveth it. 
 
 School. 
 
 Thy righteousness is an everlasting right- 
 eousness, and thy law is truth. 
 
 Superintendent. 
 
 I will serve the Lord as long as I live : I will 
 worship my God while 1 have my being. 
 
 All. 
 
 My meditation of him shall be sweet : my 
 joy shall be in the Lord. 
 
 US 
 
RESPONSIVE SERVICE. 
 
 149 
 
 FEBRUARY 
 
 Superintendent.. 
 
 The hour cometh, and now is, when the 
 true worshipers shall worship the Father in 
 spirit and in truth, for He seeketh such to 
 worship him. God is a spirit, and they that 
 worship him must worship him in spirit and in 
 truth. 
 
 Great is the Lord, and greatly to be praised ; 
 his greatness is unsearchable. 
 
 School. 
 
 One generation shall praise thy works to 
 another, and shall declare thy mighty acts. 
 
 Superintendent. 
 
 As for me, I will be talking of thy worship, 
 thy glory, thy praise and thy wonderful 
 works. 
 
 School. 
 
 And men shall speak of the might of thy 
 te^ible acts ; and I will also tell of thy great- 
 ness. 
 
 Superintendent. 
 
 They shall abundantly utter the memory of 
 
 thy great goodness, and shall sing of thy 
 righteousness. 
 
 School 
 
 The Lord is gracious, and full of compas- 
 sion, slow to anger and of great mercy. 
 
 Super! ntendent. 
 
 The Lord is good unto all, ’ and his tender 
 mercies are over all his works. 
 
 School. 
 
 All thy works shall praise Thee, and thy 
 saints shall bless Thee. 
 
 Superintendent. 
 
 They shall speak of the glory of thy king- 
 dom, and talk of thy power. 
 
 School. 
 
 To make known to the children of men his 
 mighty acts, and the glorious majesty of his 
 kingdom. 
 
 Superintendent. 
 
 Blessed be the Lord God, from everlasting 
 to everlasting. 
 
 All. 
 
 His truth endureth to all generations. 
 
150 
 
 RESPONSIVE SERVICE. 
 
 MARCH. 
 
 Superintendent. 
 
 Then spake Jesus again unto them, saying, I 
 am the light of the world ; he that followeth 
 me shall not walk in darkness, but shall have 
 the light of life. 
 
 Praise ye the Lord ; praise him, O ye ser- 
 vants of the Lord ; ye that stand in the house 
 of the Lord. 
 
 School. 
 
 For he is our God forever and ever ; he 
 will be our guide even unto death. 
 
 Superintendent. 
 
 O give thanks unto the Lord j for he is 
 good , for his mercy endureth forever. 
 
 School. 
 
 0 give thanks unto the God of gods : for 
 his mercy endureth forever. 
 
 Superintendent. 
 
 1 will extol thee, my God, O King : I will 
 bless thy name forever. 
 
 School. 
 
 Every day will I bless thee ; and I will praise 
 thy name forever. 
 
 Superintendent. 
 
 Lord, I cry unto thee ; make haste ; give ear 
 unto my voice, \^hen I cry unto thee. 
 
 School. 
 
 Let my prayer be set forth before thee as 
 incense ; and the lifting up of my hands be as 
 the evening sacrifice. 
 
 Superintendent. 
 
 Set a watch, O Lord, before my mouth; 
 keep the door of my lips. 
 
 School. 
 
 Incline not my heart to any evil thing, to prac- 
 tice evil works with them that work iniquity. 
 
 Superintendent. 
 
 But mine eyes are unto thee, O God the 
 Lord ; in thee is my trust. 
 
 School. 
 
 Praise ye the Lord, praise ye 'the name of the 
 Lord. Praise him, O ye servants of the Lord. 
 Superintendent. 
 
 Ye that stand in the house of the Lord, in 
 the courts of the house of God. 
 
 All. 
 
 Praise the Lord ; for the Lord is good ; sing 
 praises unto his name, for it is pleasant. 
 
RESPONSIVE SERVICE. 
 
 151 
 
 APRIL. 
 
 Superintendent. 
 
 In the beginning was the Word, and the 
 Word was with God, and the Word was 
 God. The same was in the beginning with 
 God. All things were made by him, and 
 without him was not anything made that was 
 made. 
 
 The earth is the Lord’s, and the fullness 
 thereof ; the world and they that dwell there- 
 in ; for he hath founded it upon the seas, and 
 established it upon the floods. 
 
 School. 
 
 Who shall ascend into the hill of the Lord? 
 and who shall stand in his holy place ? 
 
 • Superintendent. 
 
 He that hath clean hands, and a pure heart ; 
 who hath not lifted up his soul unto vanity, 
 nor sworn deceitfully. 
 
 School. 
 
 He shall receive blessing from the Lord, 
 
 and righteousness from the God of his sal- 
 vation. 
 
 Superintendent. 
 
 This is the generation of them that seek 
 him, that seek thy face, O God of Jacob. 
 
 School. 
 
 Lift up your heads, O ye gates, and be ye 
 lifted up, ye everlasting doors ; and the King 
 of Glory shall come in. 
 
 Superintendent. 
 
 Who is this King of Glory ? 
 
 School. 
 
 The Lord strong and mighty, the Lord 
 mighty in battle. 
 
 Superintendent. 
 
 Who is this King of Glory? 
 
 All. 
 
 The Lord of hosts, he is the King of 
 Glory. 
 
152 
 
 RESPONSIVE SERVICE. 
 
 MAY. 
 
 Superintendent. 
 
 Behold the tabernacle of God is with men ; 
 and he will dwell with them, and they shall be 
 his people, and God himself shall be their God. 
 He that overcometh shall inherit all things, and 
 I will be his God, and he shall be my son. 
 
 I was glad when they said unto me, Let us 
 go into the house of the Lord. 
 
 School. 
 
 Our feet shall stand within thy gates, O Je- 
 rusalem. 
 
 Superintendent. 
 
 How amiable are thy tabernacles, O Lord 
 of hosts. My soul longeth, yea, even fainteth 
 for the courts of the Lord. 
 
 School. 
 
 I had rather be a door-keeper in the house 
 of my God than to dwell in the tents of wick- 
 edness. 
 
 Superintendent. 
 
 Blessed are they that dwell in thy house. 
 They will be still praising thee. 
 
 School. 
 
 Blessed is the man whose strength is in thee ; 
 
 in whose heart are thy ways. They go from 
 strengtji to strength, till every one in Zion 
 appeareth before God. 
 
 Superintendent. 
 
 O Lord God of hosts, hear my prayer ; give 
 ear, O God of Jacob. 
 
 School. 
 
 Teach me good judgment and knowledge ; 
 for I have believed thy commandments. 
 
 Superintendent. 
 
 Thou art good, and doest good ; teach me 
 thy statutes. 
 
 School. 
 
 The law of thy mouth is better unto me than 
 thousands of gold and silver. 
 
 Superintendent. 
 
 Before I was afflicted I went astray ; but 
 now have I kept thy word. 
 
 School. 
 
 The Lord God is a sun and a shield. The 
 Lord will give grace and glory. No good thing 
 will he withhold from them that walk uprightly. 
 
 All. 
 
 O Lord God of hosts, blessed is the man 
 that trusteth in thee. 
 
RESPONSIVE SERVICE. 
 
 153 
 
 JUNE 
 
 Superintendent. 
 
 Beloved, believe not every spirit, but try the 
 spirits whether they are of God : because many 
 false prophets are gone out into the world. 
 Hereby know ye the Spirit of God : ’ every 
 spirit that confesseth that Jesus Christ is come 
 in the flesh, is of God. 
 
 O sing unto the Lord a new song, for he 
 hath done marvelous things; his right hand 
 and his holy arm hath gotten him the vic- 
 tory. 
 
 School. 
 
 Make a joyful noise unto the Lord, all the 
 earth : make a loud noise, and rejoice, and 
 sing praise. 
 
 Superintendent. 
 
 Sing unto the Lord with the harp, with the 
 harp, and the voice of a psalm. 
 
 School. 
 
 With trumpets and the sound of cornet 
 make a joyful noise before the Lord, the 
 King. 
 
 Superintendent. 
 
 Let the sea roar, and the fullness thereof ; 
 the world and they that dwell therein. 
 
 School. 
 
 Let the floods clap their hands ; let thp hills 
 be joyful together before the Lord. 
 
 Superintendent. 
 
 For he cometh to judge the earth : with 
 righteousness shall he judge the world, and the 
 people with equity. 
 
 School. 
 
 The Lord reigneth, let the earth rejoice let 
 the multitude of the isles be glad thereof. 
 
 Superintendent. 
 
 The heavens declare his righteousness, and 
 all the people see his glory. 
 
 School. 
 
 Zion heard, I was glad ; and the daughters 
 of Judah rejoiced because of thy judgments, 
 O Lord. 
 
 All. 
 
 Rejoice in the Lord, ye righteous ; O give 
 thanks at the remembrance of his holiness. 
 
154 
 
 RESPONSIVE SERVICE. 
 
 JULY 
 
 Superintendent. 
 
 My little children, these things write I unto 
 you, that ye sin not. And if any man sin, we 
 have an advocate with the Father, Jesus Christ 
 the righteous. He is the propitiation for our 
 sins ; and not for ours only, but also for the 
 sins of the whole world. 
 
 Praise ye the Lord. O give thanks unto the 
 Lord ; for he is good, for his mercy endureth 
 forever. 
 
 School. 
 
 Who can utter the mighty acts of the Lord ? 
 Who can show forth all his praises ? 
 
 Superintendent. 
 
 Blessed are they that keep judgment, and he 
 that doeth righteousness at all times. 
 
 School. 
 
 Remember me, O Lord, with the favor that 
 thou bearest unto thy people. O visit me with 
 thy salvation. 
 
 Superintendent. 
 
 O give thanks unto the Lord, for his mercy 
 endureth forever. 
 
 School. 
 
 Let the redeemed of the Lord say so, whom 
 he hath redeemed from the hand of the en- 
 emy. 
 
 Superintendent. 
 
 They cried unto the Lord in their trouble, 
 and he delivered them out of their dis- 
 tresses. 
 
 School. 
 
 And he led them forth by the right way, that 
 they might go to a city of habitation. 
 
 Superintendent. 
 
 O tnat men would praise the Lord for his 
 goodness, and for his wonderful works to the 
 children of men. 
 
 School. 
 
 For he satisfieth the longing soul, and filleth 
 the hungry soul with goodness. 
 
 All. 
 
 Let them sacrifice the sacrifices of thanks- 
 giving, and declare his works with rejoic- 
 ing. 
 
RESPONSIVE SERVICE. 
 
 155 
 
 AUGUST 
 
 Superintendent. 
 
 Behold what manner of love the Father hath 
 bestowed upon us, that we should be called the 
 sons of God ! Therefore the world knoweth 
 us not, because it knew him not. Beloved, 
 now are we the sons of God, and it doth not 
 yet appear what we shall be : but we know that 
 when he shall appear, we shall be like him ; for 
 we shall see him as he is. 
 
 Praise ye the Lord. I will praise the Lord 
 with my whole heart, in the assembly of the 
 upright, and in the congregation. 
 
 School. 
 
 The works of the Lord are great, sought out 
 of all them that have pleasure therein. 
 
 Superintendent. 
 
 His work is honorable and glorious, and his 
 righteousness endureth forever. 
 
 School. 
 
 He hath made his wonderful works to be 
 remembered ; the Lord is gracious, and full of 
 compassion. 
 
 Superintendent. 
 
 The works of his hand are verity and judg- 
 ment ; all his commandments are sure. 
 
 School. 
 
 They stand fast forever and ever, and are 
 done in truth and uprightness. 
 
 Superintendent. 
 
 He sent redemption unto his people; he 
 hath commanded his covenant forever : holy 
 and reverend is his name. 
 
 School. 
 
 The fear of the Lord is the beginning of 
 wisdom : a good understanding have all that 
 do his commandments. 
 
 Superintendent. 
 
 Whoso is wise, and will observe these things, 
 even they shall understand the loving kindness 
 of the Lord. 
 
 All. 
 
 Blessed be the Lord God of Israel from 
 everlasting to everlasting : and let all the peo- 
 ple say, Amen. Praise ye the Lord. 
 
156 
 
 RESPONSIVE SERVICE. 
 
 SEPTEMBER. 
 
 Superintendent. 
 
 And when the day of Pentecost was fully 
 come, they were all with one accord in one 
 place. And suddenly there came a sound from 
 heaven, as of a rushing mighty wind, and 
 it filled all the house where they were sitting. 
 And there appeared unto them cloven tongues 
 like as of fire, and it sat upon each of them. 
 And they were all filled with the Holy Ghost, 
 and began to speak with tongues, as the Spirit 
 gave them utterance. 
 
 I love the Lord because he hath heard my 
 voice and my supplications. 
 
 School. 
 
 Because he hath inclined his ear unto me, 
 therefore will I call upon him as long as I live. 
 
 Superintendent. 
 
 It is better to trust in the Lord than to put 
 confidence in man. 
 
 School. 
 
 Open to me the gates of righteousness ; and 
 I will go into them, and I will praise the Lord. 
 
 Superintendent. 
 
 God is the Lord which hath showed us light. • 
 
 Schooi. 
 
 I will praise the Lord, for thou hast heard 
 me and become my salvation. 
 
 Superintendent. 
 
 The stone which the builders refused is be- 
 come the head of the corner. 
 
 School. 
 
 Tnis is the Lord’s doing ; it is marvelous in 
 our eyes. 
 
 Superintendent. 
 
 Thou art my God, and I will praise thee ; 
 thou art my God, I will exalt thee. 
 
 Schooi. 
 
 Wherewith shall a young man cleanse his 
 ways ? 
 
 Superintendent. 
 
 By taking heed thereto according to thy 
 word. 
 
 Schooi. 
 
 With my whole heart have I sought thee, O 
 let me not wander from thy commandments. 
 
 Ail. 
 
 Blessed is the man that feareth the Lord, 
 that delighteth greatly in his commandments. 
 
RESPONSIVE 
 
 OCTO 
 
 Superintendent. 
 
 Beloved, let us love one another : for love is 
 of God ; and every one that loveth is born of 
 God and knoweth God. He that loveth not, 
 knoweth not God ; for God is love. 
 
 I will bless the Lord at all times ; his praise 
 shall continually be in my mouth. 
 
 School. 
 
 My soul shall make her boast in the Lord ; 
 the humble shall hear thereof and be glad. * 
 
 Superintendent. 
 
 0 magnify the Lord with me, and let us 
 exalt his name together. 
 
 School. 
 
 1 sought the Lord, and he heard me; and 
 delivered me from all my fears. 
 
 Superintendent. 
 
 The angel of the Lord encampeth round 
 about them that fear him, and delivereth them. 
 
 School. 
 
 O taste and see that the Lord is good ; bless- 
 ed is the man that trusteth in him. 
 
 Superintendent. 
 
 Come, ye children, harken unto me, and I 
 will teach you the fear of the Lord. 
 
 ■rvice. 
 
 I^R. 
 
 157 
 
 R. 
 
 School. 
 
 What man is he that desireth life, and loveth 
 mapy days, that he may do good ? 
 
 Superintendent. 
 
 Keep thy tongue from evil, and thy lips 
 from ^spreading guile. 
 
 School. 
 
 Dep'art from evil, and do good : seek peace, 
 and pulsue it. 
 
 Superi)*itendent. 
 
 The dyes of the Lord are upon the right- 
 eous, ant' his ears are open unto their cry. 
 
 School. \ 
 
 The Lo^d is nigh unto them that are of a 
 broken heirt; he saveth such as be of a con- 
 trite spirit. 
 
 Superintendent. 
 
 Many are the afflictions of the righteous : 
 but the Lord delivereth him out of them 
 all. 
 
 All. 
 
 The Lord redeemeth the soul of his servants ; 
 and none of them that trust in him shall be 
 desolate. 
 
158 
 
 RESPONSIA'^E SERVICE. 
 
 Nove 
 
 Superintendent. / 
 
 111 this was manifested the love of Gqid 
 toward us, because that God sent his only- 
 begotten Son into the world, that *we might 
 live through him. 
 
 Beloved, if God so loved us, we ought; also 
 to love one another. , 
 
 Remember now thy Creator in the days of 
 thy youth, while the evil days come not, nor 
 the years draw nigh in which thou shak say, I 
 have no pleasure in them. 
 
 School. ^ 
 
 Praise ye the Lord. Praise, O ye servants 
 of the Lord, praise the name of the Lord. 
 
 Superintendent. 
 
 Blessed be the name of the Lord from this 
 time forth and forever more. 
 
 School. 
 
 From the rising of the sun unto the going 
 down of the same, the Lord’s name is to be 
 praised. 
 
 Superintendent. 
 
 The Lord is high above all nations, and his 
 glory above the heavens. 
 
 MBER. 
 
 School. 
 
 Who is like unto the Lord our God who 
 dwelleth on high? 
 
 Superintendent. 
 
 Who humbleth himself to behold the things 
 that are in heaven and in the earth ? 
 
 School. 
 
 He raiseth up the poor out of the dust, that 
 he may set him with princes. 
 
 Superintendent. 
 
 Better is a little with fear of the Lord, than 
 great treasure and trouble therewith. 
 
 School. 
 
 Better is a little with righteousness, than 
 great revenues without right. 
 
 Superintendent. 
 
 Better is a dry morsel, and quietness there- 
 with, than an houseful of sacrifices with strife. 
 
 School. 
 
 Whoso mocketh the poor, reproach eth his 
 Maker. 
 
 Ail. 
 
 The fear of the Lord is instruction of wis- 
 dom, and before honor is humility. 
 
UNIVERSITY OF ILLINOIS-URBAWA 
 
 3 0112 062286429 
 
 SI Ol ijiU(d 
 
 r>uqjl 
 
 an{^ 
 
 nt )|i. / 
 
 
 \4sed a. id 
 ^n. . '^ d 0i 
 
 ifaiKS